初中英语完形填空
初中英语完形填空十篇(含答案)
完形填空1.When learning new vocabulary, don ’t just memorize a list of words. Instead, try to ___1___five sentences using each word. Then use the new word as often as you can ___2___day you learn it. This ___3___you will remember newwords much longer.Practicing sounds, you know, is ___4___ —the “th ”sound for example. Choose words that begin ___5___ “repeat them over and over again ___6___you are comfortable with them. Let ’tsry! This, that, those, them, think, thought, through, thin, thick ⋯Read, read, read—in English, of course! Reading is one of the best ways to increase your vocabulary ___7___improveyour grammar in a natural and fun way. Be ___8___to choose topic or books you are interested in.When someone is speaking in English, ____9____the m ain point. If you hear a word you don ’t unders忽t and, ignore ( 略) it and go on listening. If you stop and think about the word, you will ___10___everything else the person is saying.Always remember —Practice makes perfect.( )1. A say B. make C. remember D. speak( )2. A. the first B. the second C. each D. some( )3. A. day B. time C. way D. word( )4. A. difficult B. terrible C. funny D. easy( )5. A. with B. from C. at D. in( )6. A. when B. after C. until D. since( )7. A. but B. so C. or D. and( )8. A. quick B. sure C. important D. necessary( )9. A. look for B. see C. listen for D. hear( )10. A. miss B. guess C. get D. catch2.When Billy came to class one morning, he noticed that something was different. Mrs. Green was not in her 51_____place. She was standing in the middle of the classroom, and 52______ was hiding behind her."Class," she said. "This is Fritz from 53____. Please say hello to him. " The class were in silence. Mrs. Green saidagain, "Say hello to our new friend. " But still, 54 _____said a word. " All right, then. " said Mrs. Green. "Billy, please55______ Fritz to his new desk beside yours.""Hi, Fritz," said Billy. "Please come with me. " But Fritz would 56_____. He was holding on to 57_____. He said something, 58_____ nobody could understand. Some of the boys started to laugh. Billy felt 59 _____for him. Then,Billy said something no one else could un derstand 60 ____ Fritz. Fritz smiled and shook Billy's hands( 握手')."Wow!" everyone was surprised. Billy was proud. He said "I said," Hello' in German. I heard it once on TV."( )1. A. only B. usual C. good D. comfortable( )2. A. a new teacher B. a new girl C. a new boy D. Billy( )3. A. England B. America C. France D. Germany( )4. A. no one B. Billy C. a student D. Fritz( )5. A. ask B. carry C. put D. take( )6. A. come B. not move C. not say D. speak( )7. A. another student's book B. Billy's handC. Mrs. Green's skirtD. the teacher's desk( )8. A. but B. so C. because D. still( )9. A. happy B. excited C. afraid D. sorry( )10. A. with B. except C.. of D. about3.Man has a big brain. He can think, learn and speak. Scientists always say that men are different from animals 1._____ they can think and learn. They know now that animals can also learn. So scientists are beginning to understand that men are different from animals because they can speak. Animals can not speak. They make noises when they are afraid or unhappy. Apes ( 无尾猿) can understand some things 2._____ quickly than men, and one or two have learned 3._____ words. But they are still different from us. They can not join words and make sentences.They can not think 4._____ us because they have 5._____ language. They can never think about the past or the future. Language is a wonderful thing. Man has 6._____ build a modern world because he has language. 7._____child canspeak his own language very well when he was four or five. 8._______no animals learn to speak. 9._____ do children learn? Scientists do not know. 10._____happens inside our body when we speak? They only know that man can speak because he has a brain.( )1. A. after B. if C. before D. because( )2. A. quickly B. quicklier C. more quickly D. quicker( )3. A. few B. a few C. little D. a little( )4. A. as B. about C. like D. over( )5. A. not B. a C. no D. some( )6. A. to able to B. be able to C. able to D. been able to( )7. A. Each B. Every C. One D. All( )8. A. or B. so C. and D. but( )9. A. How B. What C. Why D. Which( )10. A. Where B. When C. What D. How4.Mr. Lee had never been up in an airplane before and he had read a lot about accidents. SO one day when a friend came to his house and 1. ____ to take him for a ride in his own small plane , Mr. Lee was very 2._____.He thought to himself , "If I don't agree ,my friend may not be happy.3_____ if I agree ,I'm really afraid that there might he some danger." 4.___,however , his friend made him believe that it was very 5. ____,and Mr. Lee got on the plane .His friend 6._____ the engine and the plane began to move along on the ground of the 7. _____. Mr. Lee was frightened and closed his eyes. After a minute or two he opened them 8.____, looked out of the window of the planeand said to his friend." Look 9____those people down over there .They look as 10____as ants, don't they?""Those are ants ,"answered his friend, "we are still on the ground."( )1. A. offered B. allowed C. agreed D. afford( )2. A. excited B. grateful C. worried D. glad( )3. A. As B. For C. So D. But( )4. A. Finally B. First C. Last D. But( )5. A. interesting B. safe C. comfortable D. enjoyable( )6. A. began B. carried C. moved D. started( )7. A. airport B. town C. station D. yard( )8. A. again B. once C. quickly D. easily( )9. A. up B. at C. over D. after( )10. A. short B. big C. strange D. small5.When you are invited to a meal in Thailand （泰国）,The words of the invitation means "come and eat rice." In fact, nearly all the Thai dishes are 1._____ with rice, which grows there easily, 2._____ the climate （气候)is warm and there is much rain.The food that is served is 3._____ cut into pieces, so there is no need to use knives or forks but, instead, specialspoons and forks are used. The Thais 4.____ to eat with their hands and now there are still some people who eat in this way. There is a special 5.____ of doing it. First, they wash their 6.____ hands in a bowl of water----they only eat withtheir right hands. They are careful not to let the food 7._____ the palm （手掌心）of their hands. After the meal, the 4.____ are again carefully washed.The meal usually has several different dishes. They are all hot. The dishes are served in bowl which everyone shares（共享）,9._____ each person has their own bowl of 10._____. As Thailand has a long coastline （海岸线）,it is not surprising that fish and shellfish （水生有壳动物）play an important part in Thai cooking.( )1. A. eaten B. used C. smelled D. tasted( )2. A. when B. if C. because D. so( )3. A. never B. perhaps C. hardly. D. always( )4. A. went B. had C. wanted D. used( )5. A. reason B. way C. idea D. result( )6. A. dirty B. right C. left D. big( )7. A.touch. B. catch C. feel D. drop( )8. A. forks B. spoons C. hands D. bowls( )9. A. because B. though C. since D. until( )10. A. fish B. rice C. water D. shellfish2.There are many ways for us to reduce ( 减少) waste. For 1.____ , we can reuse paper and plastic bags. We can also recycle newspapers, glass, and cans (易拉罐) to make new things. Here are some useful ways to 2.____ waste.Write on 3._____ sides of paperMany people write on only one side of their paper. Why not stop wasting the other side? Some students only use half the pages of their 4._____ before getting new ones. Try to use up all the paper. People often give cards on birthdays or festivals. How about trying to 5._____ e-cards instead?Don't throw away your old batteries.Maybe you do not know that old batteries make the earth 6.____ . This is because they have poisonous parts in them. So, don't throw away batteries. 7._____ them together. Try to use rechargeable ( 充电的) batteries for your games and CD players.Give off all your unwanted clothesThere are many poor families in China. You may ask your mother to 8.____ your unwanted clothes. Then you can pass them on to those poor children. You will feel _9._____ that you are helping someone else. Also, you can understand 10.____ your friends or relatives ( 亲戚) want them before throwing them away.( )1. A. reason B. example C. use D. people( )2. A. produce B. protect C. reduce D. pollute( )3. A. every B. both C. all D. one( )4. A. exercises B. schoolbags C. notebooks D. papers( )5. A. send B. buy C. receive D. waste( )6. A. dry B. rich C. clean D. dirty( )7. A. Throw B. Keep C. Try D. Lose( )8. A. like B. sell C. throw D. collect( )9 A. angry B. tired C. moved D. happy( )10. A. that B. if C. though D. what3.When I had something difficult to do ，I used to ask my mother for help. But she always said, "Do it yourself ，dear." I was not 1.____ at all. I thought she was the 2.____ mother in the world!For example ，one day，I decided to 3.____ some friends to my home. My bedroom was not in order. Books were everywhere. And I didn't make the bed. I asked my 4.____ to help me clean it ，5.____ she still said，"Do it yourself ，girl."Because of my "lazy mother" ，I have to 6._____ my clothes and clean my room. I have to help my parents 7.____ I even have to go to the dentist by myself. It is really hard for me to do everything well ，but I have learned 8.____ .As time goes by，I understand my mother. She makes me clever and diligent ( 勤奋的) 9.____ a great mother!A 10.____ mother is worth （等值于）one hundred teachers! Don't you think so?5. A. old B. glad C. thin6. A. tallest B. most foolish C. laziest7. A. leave B. invite C. visit8. A. mother B. father C. brother9. A. or B. when C. but10. A. wash B. lead C. knock11. A. do housework B. go swimming C. go camping12. A. on show B. by mistake C. a lot13. A. Which B. What C. Who14. A. young B. good C. happy4.A story tells that two friends were walking through the desert( 沙漠). During the trip they had a 1.____ , and one friend hit the other in the face. The one who was beaten was hurt, but without saying 2.____ , he wrote in the sand: " Today my best friend hit me in the face."They 3.____ on walking until they found a lake, where they decided to take a bath （洗澡）. The one, who had been beaten, fell into the lake and started drowning( 溺水), but the friend saved him. After he came back to life from the near drowning, he wrote on a 4.____ : " Today my best friend saved my life."The friend who had hit and 5.____ his best friend asked: " 6.____ I hurt you, you wrote in the sand and now, you wroteon a stone, why?" The other friend 7._____ : " When someone hurts us, we should write it down in sand 8.____ windcan blow it away. 9.____ , when someone does something good for us, we must write it down in stone where no 6.____ can ever blow it away."( ) 1. A. talk B. joke C. fight D. picnic( ) 2. A. something B. nothing C. anything D. everything( ) 3. A. kept B. continued C. lasted D. tried( ) 4. A. sand B. stone C. tree D. wall( ) 5. A. killed B. hurt C. saved D. made( ) 6. A. Before B. While C. Until D. After( ) 7. A. replied B. asked C. questioned D. required( ) 8. A. which B. how C. where D. when( ) 9. A. Although B. Or C. But D. If( ) 10. wind B. water C. air D. sand9.Eyes Can SpeakMuch meaning can be carried clearly, with our eyes, so it is often 1.____ that eyes can speak.Do you have such kind of 2.____ ? In a bus you may look at a stranger, but not too long. And if he 3._____ that heis being looked at, he may feel uncomfortable. The same in daily life. If you are looked at for more than necessary, youwill look at yourself up and down, to see if there is 4.____ wrong with you. If nothing goes wrong, you will feel 5.____ toward the person who is looking at you that way. Eyes do speak, right?Looking too long at someone may seem to be impolite. But sometimes things are different. If a man looks at a woman for more than 10 seconds ,it may mean that he wishes to attract （吸引）her attention, to make her understand that he 6.____ her. When two people are in a conversation, the speaker will only look at the listener from time to time, 15.____ make sure that the listener does pay attention 8.____ what he or she is speaking. Lovers will enjoy looking at each other or being looked at for a long time, to show something that 9.____ cannot express.Clearly, eye contact should be done according to the relationship between two people and the place 10.____ you stay.5. A. spoken B. said C. told D. talked6. A. experience B. eyes C. mind D. news7. A. found B. knew C. finds D. saw8. A. anything B. something C. everything D. nothing9. A. happy B. angry C. sad D. thankful10. A. loves B. hates C. thanks D. looks at11. A. in order that B. so that C. in order to D. for12. A. for B. of C. with D. to13. A. eyes B. words C. minds D. body14. A. which B. that C. where D. there7.We are lucky to live in a rich country where we have many things. However, most of us usually 1._____ some things.Electricity is one thing 2.____ we waste most. Lights, TVs, 3.____ and other things are often kept on even whenno one is using them. We should turn them off when we do not need them. It 4.____ less than a second to do it. Anyhow, not wasting electricity save money, because we do not have to 5._____ the electricity we do not use.The second thing that we often waste is water. Fresh water is precious*, 6.____ it shouldn't be wasted. It is only asimple matter of turning off a tap*. I am sure 7.____ can do this easily if he wants to.10.____ big waste is food. My mother 9.____ cook so much food that much of it was thrown away. I told her wehad wasted so much 10._____. She thought I was right and now cooks __11_ what we can eat.It is not 12.____ to be wasteful. I find there is a simple 13.____ of not wasting things. That is to use only what we14.____. Do not touch what we do not need. 15.____ this way we can stop being wasteful.1. A. use B. wash C. waste D. forget.2. A. what B. that C. whose D. who3. A. radios B. apples C. bikes D. doors4. A. brings B. costs C. keeps D. takes5. A. afford B. save C. pay for D. care for6. A. though B. because C. so D. but7. A. nobody B. something C. everybody D. nothing8. A. Others B. Other C. Another D. The other9. A. planned to B. used to C. was able to D. was afraid to10. A. electricity B. water C. food D. money11. A. mainly B. only C. mostly D. specially12. A. right B. fine C. bad D. necessary13. A. way B. thing C. plan D. project14. A. buy B. need C. bring D. get15. A. On B. In C. For D. At16.The population problem may be the 1 one of the world today ．The world's population is growing 2 ．Two thousand years ago, there were only 250 million people 3 the earth．Four hundred years ago, the number was 4 500 million ．But at the beginning of the 5 century, the world's population was about 1,700 million ．In 1970, this number was 3,600 million ．In 1990, the number was five billion ．A 6 report says that the world population will 7 six billion by the end of the 20th century ．This is just ten 8 after it 9 five billion ．People say that by the year 2010, 10 may be seven billion ．( )1．A．great B．greater C．greatest D．greating( )2．A．faster and faster B．fast and fast C．fastest and fastest D．faster and fast( )3．A．in B．on C．at D．for( )4．A．nearly B．more C．almost D．over( )5．A．twenty B．twelve C．twentieth D．twelfth( )6．A．USA B．UN C．PRC D．PLA( )7．A．past B．pass C．passed D．passes( )8．A．weeks B．months C．seasons D．years( )9．A．get B．gets C．reached D．reach( )10．A．this B．its C．one D．it17.English names and Chinese names are quite different in some 1 ways, but it's not hard for us to know ．Unlike Chinese, most English people have 2 names ．One is their family name, both of the other names are given names．Their family name is 3 the given name ．They use Mr, Mrs or Miss with the 4 name, but they never use 5 with the first name．For example, we can 6 a man named James Allan Green Mr Green, 7 we can't call him Mr James or Mr Allan ．People usually use Jim 8 James．Jim is short for James because it's 9 to remember．But Chinese names are the opposite． A girl with the name Han Limei 10 her family name Han first ．Of course, she can be called Ah Mei for short in China if you wish ．( )1．A．another B．other C．others D．the others( )2．A．one B．two C．three D．four( )3．A．above B．front C．back D．behind( )4．A．last B．given C．middle D．full( )5．A．their B．them C．its D．it( )6．A．ask B．say C．call D．write( )7．A．so B．or C．and D．but( )8．A．instead of B．for long C．so far D．next to( )9．A．important B．easy C．difficult D．interesting( )10．A．put B．putting C．puts D．was put18.Fire can help people in many ways. But it can also be very harmful ( 有害的). Fire can keep your house __1__, give light and cook food. But fire can burn things __2__. Big fire can burn, trees, houses, animals or people.Nobody knows how people began to use fire. But there are __3__. interesting old stories about how a man or woman started a fire. One is __4__ a man. The man __5__ a very long time ago. He went up the sun and __6__ fire down.Today people know how to make a fire with matches( 火柴). Children sometimes __7__ to play with them. But matches can be very dangerous. One match can burn a piece of paper. and __8__ it could burn a house. A small fire can turn a big fire. very quickly. So you __9__ be careful with matches.Be careful with fire, and it will __10__ you. But if you aren ’t careful with fire. and it may hurt you. ( )1. A. warm B. warmer C. cool D. cooler( )2. A. also B. too C. either D. neither( )3. A. many B. much C. little D. no( )4. A. over B. about C. a little D. no( )5. A. worked B. studied C. learned D. lived( )7. A. enjoy B. like C. don't like D. become( )8. A. after B. late C. yet D. then( )9. A. can B. man C. will D. must( )10. A. help B. do C. tell D. hope14.Every day some people are killed while they are crossing the roads． 1 of these people are old people and children ．Old people are often killed because they can't see or 2 very well ．Children are killed because they are not3 ．They forget to look and listen before they4 the roads ．A car or a bus can't stop 5 ．If a car is going very fast, it will travel many metres 6 it stops ．Some people don't always understand this．They think a car can stop 7 a few metres ．It is difficult to 8 how fast a car is moving ．The only way to cross the roads safely is to look 9 ways, right and left ．Then if the roads are 10 , you can cross them．( )1．A．Much B．Most C．More( )2．A．hear B．to hear C．hearing( )3．A．care B．carefully C．careful( )4．A．across B．come C．cross( )5．A．fast B．quickly C．quick( )6．A．before B．while C．after( )7．A．in B．on C．at( )8．A．know B．look C．listen( )9．A．all B．each C．both( )10．A．full B．empty C．busy15.Miss Zhao is one of the most popular teachers in the school ．Yesterday she came into the 1 with a big smile on her face．She said to her 2 that she was 3 to see they did well in the sports meeting ．But 4 was not pleased to see the classroom last Saturday not as 5 as usual．She hoped they would clean the classroom every day ．Wei Hua was on 6 yesterday．She said everyone was at 7 except Lin Tao．Then she told Miss Zhao about their 8 tothe Great Wall last Sunday．Luckily the weather was 9 ．They played games and had a picnic there．After Wei Hua 10her talk，Miss Zhao began her lesson．( )1．A．shop B．classroom C．park D．office( )2．A．students B．teachers C．workers D．doctors( )3．A．angry B．sorry C．glad D．sad( )4．A．she B．I C．we D．he( )5．A．dark B．old C．large D．clean( )6．A．time B．duty C．foot D．top( )7．A．home B．noon C．night D．school( )8．A．visit B．music C．clock D．football( )9．A．bad B．fine C．rainy D．windy( )10．A．started B．had C．finished D．gave16.It ’s never easy to ad（m承i t 认）you are in the wrong ．We all 1 to know the art of apology （道歉）．Think how often you ’ve done wr．o T n g h e n count how many 2 you ’ve expressed clearly you were 3 ．You can ’t go to bed with an easy mind if you do 4 about it．A doctor friend ，Mr Lieb ，told me about a man who came to him with different kinds of signs ：headaches，heart trouble and insomnia（失眠症）． 5 some careful exams，Mr Lied found nothing wrong with him and said ，“If you don’t tell me what 6 y’o us，I can ’t help y．ou”The man admitted he was cheating（骗取）his brother of his inheritance（遗产）.Then and there the clever doctor7 the man write to his brother and 8 his money．As soon as the letter was put into the post box ，the man suddenly cried．“Thank you，”he said to the docto，r “I think I ’ve g．ot”wellAn apology can not only save a broken relationship （关系），but also make it 9 ．If you can think of someone whoshould be 10 an apology from you ，do something about it right now ．( )1．A．decide B．have C．need D．try( )2．A．mistakes B．people C．ways D．times( )3．A．sorry B．weak C．sad D．wrong( )4．A．something B．anything C．nothing D．everything( )5．A．Before B．After C．Till D．Since( )6．A．hurting B．changing C．touching D．worrying( )7．A．made B．helped C．let D．saw( )8．A．gave B．kept C．returned D．paid( )9．A．newer B．worse C．harder D．stronger( )10．A．received B．given C．known D．forgotten19.When you wave ( 挥手) to a friend, you are using sign language. When you smile at someone, you mean to be 1 .When you put one finger ( 手指) in front of your 2 , you mean "Be quiet."Yet, people in different countries may use different sign languages.Once an Englishman was in Italy. He could speak 3 Italian. One day while he was walking in the street, he felt4 and went into a restaurant ( 餐馆). When the waiter came, the Englishman5 his mouth, put his fingers into it and took them out again and moved his lips ( 嘴唇). In this way, he6 to say, "Bring me something to eat." But the waiter brought him a lot of things to7 . First tea, then coffee, then milk, but no food. The Englishman was8that he was not able to tell the waiter he was hungry. He was 9 to leave the restaurant when another man came in and put his hands on his stomach (肚子). And this sign was 10 enough for the waiter. In a few minutes, the waiter brought him a large plate of bread and meat. At last the Englishman had his meal in the same way.15. A. nice B. friendly C. fine D. well16. A. eye B. hand C. mouth D. arm17. A. a little B. few C. a few D. a little18. A. hungry B. tired C. sad D. worried19. A. washed B. opened C. closed D. touched20. A. dared B. meant C. had D. decided21. A. eat B. drink C. carry D. play22. A. happy B. glad C. sorry D. afraid23. A. quick B. slow C. ready D. quiet24. A. good B. bad C. bright D. wrong8.We spent a day in the country and picked a lot of flowers. Our car was full of 1 inside. On the way home my wife saw a bookshelf outside a furniture ( 家具) shop. "Buy it," she said at once. "We'll 2 it home on the roof-rack (车顶架). I've always wanted one like that."Ten minutes __3__ we were back with the bookshelf. 1 drove slowly. Other drivers seemed more polite than usual that evening. The 4 even stopped traffic to let us through.After a rime my wife said, "There's a long line of cars 5 . Why don't they overtake ( 超车)?"Just at that time a police car did overtake, and two officers inside asked us to 6 their car through the busy traffic. The police car stopped at our village church （教堂）.One of the officers came to me and said, "Do you need any more 7 now?" I didn't quite understand. So I said, "You've been very 8 . We live just down the road."He was looking at our things, first at the flowers, then at the bookshelf. "Well, well," he said and 9 , "It's a bookshelf you've got here! We thought it was —er, something else."My wife began to laugh. Suddenly I understood 10 the police drove here.11. A. books B. flowers C. fruits D.vegetables12. A. take B. carry C. send D. hold13. A. before B. after C. later D. ago14. A. drivers B. police C. cleaners D. sellers15. A. behind B. before C. beside D. back20. A. kind B. clever C. polite D. popular21. A. laughed B. cried C. shouted D. jumped22. A. how B. what C. who D. why25.Sam had a dog, Its name was Tod. it was very helpful, but it ate too much . So he didn't like it. he wanted to __1__ Tod. He __2__ Tod and put it in a small boat . he rowed( 划)the boat to the __3__ of a big river. Just as he __4__ thepoor animal into the river, the boat began to go down. __5__ the man and Tod __56__ into the river.Tod was able to swim, __7__ Sam couldn't. The dog bit( ?咬) the rope(绳子) and broke it . it tried its best to swim to __8__ Sam. The man was saved, so he was very thankful ( 感激的)to the dog, he didn't want to kill the dog __9__. From the on, he gave the dog as __10__ as it wanted.( )1. A. sell B. buy C. beat D. kill( )2. A. tied B. pulled C. pushed D. closed( )3. A. front B. foot C. side D. middle( )4. A. threw B. carried C. sent D. brought( )5. A. Neither B. Nor C. Each D. Both( )6. A. fell B. dropped C. lost D. jumped( )7. A. because B. though C. but D. when( )8. A. kill B. save C. meet D. hit( )9. A. no more B. any more C. no longer D. not more( )10. A. little B. few C. many D. much26.There were no classes that afternoon, so Henry went to a __1__ shop near his home. The shop sold many jackets. He looked ?__2__ them and at last chose a very nice one. He __3__ it on and then told the shopkeeper to put it into a__4__. At that time his friend Bruce came into the shop. They hadn't seen each other for a long time. They were so__5__ to meet again that they forgot __6__ else. Soon they were busy talking on and on happily.It was nearly six o'clock, __7__ they decided to go and have dinner together. Henry picked up the bag, and walked __8__ the door of the shop. The shopkeeper stopped them and asked Henry to pay for the __9__. Henry looked at himin surprise at first, but soon he remember that he hadn't paid for it. He said __10__ ,gave him the money and them left the shop with his friend.( )1. A. fruit B. book C. food D. clothing( )2. A. up B. for C. after D. at( )3. A. put B. tried C. got D. turned( )4. A. bag B. cup C. car D. pocket( )5. A. worried B. interested C. pleased D. anxious( )6. A. nobody B. anybody C. something D. everything( )7. A. though B. so C. because D. but( )8. A. towards B. through C. out of D. round( )9. A. dinner B. bag C. jacket D. ticket( )10. A. goodbye B. yes C. hello D. sorry27.Miss Zhao is one of the most popular teachers in the school. Yesterday she came into the 1With a big smile on her face. She said to her 2 that she was 3 to see they did well in the sports meeting. But 4 was not pleased to see the classroom last Saturday not as 5 as usual. She hoped they would clean the classroomevery day.Wei Hua was on 6 yesterday. She said everyone was at 7 except Lin Tao. Then she told Miss Zhao about their 8 to the Great Wall last Sunday. Luckily the weather was 9 . They played games and had a picnic there. After Wei Hua 10 her talk, Miss Zhao began her lesson.( )1. A. shop B. classroom C. park D. office( )2. A. students B. teachers C. workers D. doctors。
初中英语完型填空15篇
初中英语完型填空15篇初中完型一、完型填空1、What do you usually do at the weekend? Some people like to 41 at home. But others like to go 42 a walk or play football. My friend Jack works hard in a factory on weekdays. At the weekend, he always 43 the same thing. On Saturday he 44 his car and on 45 he goes with his family to a village by car. His uncle and aunt have a farm there. It isn’t a 46 one, but there’s always 47 work to do on a farm. In 48 , the harvest season, the children help them pick oranges. They also help with the animals and give them their 49 . Jack and his wife help in the fields. At the end of the day, they are all 50 and Jack’s aunt gives them a big meal.41. A. play B. live C. stay D. enjoy42. A. to B. for C. in D. at43. A. does B. makes C. borrows D. has44. A. watches B. buys C. sells D. washes45. A. Monday B. Sunday C. Saturday D. Wednesday46. A. small B. big C. hard D. short47. A. many B. much C. a lot D. lot of48. A. spring B. summer C. autumn D. winter49. A. food B. places C. clothes D. water50. A. clean B. late C. full D. hungry2、完形填空。
初一英语完形填空题(50篇)
初中英语完型填空50篇附答案解析1．Mr．Clark works in a middle school．He likes reading and often（16）D some books from the library．He listens to the radio every morning and reading（17）A after supper．So he knows much and teaches well．His（18）C worship（崇拜）him very much．Mike，Mr．Clark's little son，is only nine．He also likes books．And he often asks his father some questions．Mr．Clark always thinks the boy is too（19）to understand and chooses（20）ones to answer．Of course the boy is not satisfied with（对…满意） it．One day Mike read（21）C about the lights and was interested in it．When his father told him to do some housework，he went on thinking of it．He asked him a few questions，and his father answered all．Then his father said proudly（自豪地），"Fathers always know（22）A than sons!"The boy thought for a while and said，"（23）D．""Oh？Why？"Mike didn't answer but asked instead（反而），"（24）A invented the lights？""Thomas Edison．"answered Mr．Clark．"Why didn't his（25）A invent them？"Looking at his son，Mr．Clark didn't know how to answer the question!16．A．finds B．studies C．buys D．borrows17．A．newspapers B．letters C．stories D．messages18．A．teachers B．parents C．students D．classmates19．A．short B．young C．clever D．able20．A．easy B．the easiest C．more difficult D．the mostdifficult 21．A．everything B．nothing C．something D．anything22．A．more B．most C．less D．worse23．A．I think so B．I don't know C．I agree D．I don't think so 24．A．Who B．What C．Where D．How25．A．father B．teacher C．son D．friend．【分析】主旨大意：这篇短文讲述了克拉克老师和他的小儿子的故事，他们父子俩都爱读书．他的小儿子很爱提问题，可是父亲总以为他年龄小不认真回答他的问题．一天，父亲在回答完儿子的问题后，炫耀自己比儿子知道的多．结果儿子说了一句话：为什么是爱迪生而不是他的父亲发明了电灯，而让这位父亲无言以对．【解答】16．D．考查动词．A找到；B学习；C买；D借．联系下文some books from the library．可知是从图书馆借书，故选：D．17．A．考查名词．A报纸；B信件；C故事；D消息．结合语境He listens to the radio every morning and reading（17）after supper前面说听收音机，可知他饭后读报纸，故选A．18．C．考查名词．A老师；B父母；C学生；D同学．联系上文and teaches well．可知他是老师，故应是他的学生很崇拜他，故选：C．19．B 考查形容词．A短的；B年轻的；C聪明的；D有能力的．根据Mike，Mr Clarke's little son，is only nine．可知他的儿子太年轻．故选：B．20．B．考查形容词．A容易的；B最容易的；C更难的；D最难的；根据语境他认为他的儿子太小，故他选择最简单的问题来回答．故选：B．21．C．考查不定代词．A每件事；B没有事物；C一些事情；D任何事物．结合语境One day Mike read（21）about the lights and was interested in it可知他读到一些有关点灯的事情，故选：C．22．A．考查形容词．more更多；most最多；less更少；worse更糟糕的．根据his father answered all他父亲都回答了，结合than要用比较级，可知父亲认为他比儿子知道的多．故选：A．23．D．考查交际用语．A我也这么认为；B我不知道；C我同意；D我不这么认为；根据Why didn't his father invent them，then？可知他的儿子不同意他的说法，我不这样认为．故选：D．24．A．考查连词．A谁；B什么；C哪儿；D怎样；根据回答Thomas Edison，可知应该是问谁发明的了灯．故选：A．24．A．考查名词．A爸爸；B教师；C儿子；D朋友；结合语境Why didn't his（25）invent them？"儿子应该问为什么不是他爸爸发明的它们，故选A．2．Dear Dad，Happy birthday to you! （36）D this special day I'd like to talk to you in a special way． I am not good at （37）C you my feelings face to face， so I'm writing to show my deep （38） for you．You are not rich or famous． But in my heart， you are one of the greatest （39） in the world．I' m proud（骄傲）of you．You are （40）A interested in fame or wealth（名利）．But you often （41）Cme to school and help me with my schoolwork． You work（42） as a manager in your company（公司）．The smile on your face shows you are （43）A with our family． You take good care of my grandparents．You do some shopping with Mom and cook for us on Sundays．Now I am sorry to say I didn't （44）D you my love before， but I am thankful for what you have done for me．I feel quite lucky that I have such a great father．（45）C now I can let you know how much I love you．Wish you happiness forever!Yours，son36． A． In B． At C． By D． On37． A． talking B． saying C． telling D． speaking38． A． pleasure B． love C． dream D． advice39． A． mothers B． fathers C． brothers D． sisters40． A． never B． often C． already D． always41．A． give B． make C． drive D． get42． A． quite B． hard C． only D． nearly43． A． happy B． kind C． sad D． angry44． A． bring B． take C． carry D． show45． A． Or B． But C． So D． Then【分析】这是大卫给爸爸写的一封信，大卫不擅长与父亲面对面交谈，所以要写信表达．大卫认为爸爸是世界上最伟大的人之一．他的爸爸总是努力地工作．他爸爸脸上的微笑显示了她对家庭很满意．他照顾爷爷奶奶，帮助大卫学习．大卫表达了之前没有向爸爸表示尊重而感到抱歉．为爸爸以前为自己做的事而感谢．为现在能够让爸爸知道自己多么爱他而感到高兴．【解答】36．D 考查介词及语境的理解．A． in 在……里B． at 在……（时间点，地点）C． By直到，通过（方式）D． On在……上面；在某一天；根据后面this special day特殊的一天，具体某一天．故选D．37．C 考查动名词及语境的理解．A．talking谈论B．saying 说（后面是说的话）C．telling告诉D． speaking讲（语言）；根据 I am not good at （37）you my feelings face to face我不认为我擅长面对面告诉你我的想法，告诉想法．故选C．38．B 考查名词及语境的理解．A高兴；B爱；C梦想；D建议；根据前面是爸爸的生日，应该是展示我对你的爱，故选择B．39．B 考查名词及语境的理解．A妈妈；B爸爸；C兄弟；D姐妹；根据上文，David认为他的爸爸是世界上最伟大的人之一，可以判断是以有这样的爸爸感到自豪．故选B．40．A 考查副词及语境的理解．A．never从不B．often经常；C．already已经D．always总是；根据上下文可以判断，David的爸爸是一个勤勤恳恳工作的人，可以判断不是一个对名利感兴趣的人．故选A．41．C 考查动词及语境的理解．A给；B使；C开；D得到；根据后面to school，应该是开车送我去上学，故选择C．42．B 考查副词和语境的理解．A非常，相当；B硬，努力；C仅仅；D几乎，差不多；根据前面work工作，应该是努力工作，故选择B．43．A 考查形容词和语境的理解．A开心；B和蔼；C伤心；D生气；根据前面The smile on your face微笑在你脸上，应该是开心的；故选择A．44．D 考查动词及语境的理解．A带来；B拿；C携带；D展示；you my love before，应该是向你展示我的爱，故选择D．45．C 考查连词及语境的理解．A或者；B但是；C所以；D然后；根据I feel quite luckythat I have such a great father．（45）now I can let you know how much I love you．我很幸运，我有这样一个伟大的父亲．（45）现在我可以让你知道我有多爱你．因果关系，故选择C．3．In a small village，there lived a potter（陶工）．He had a donkey．Every day his donkey would（36）C soil from the field to his house．Since the field was quite far away，the potter would rest under a tree midway，（37）D his donkey nearby．One day，the potter forgot to take the （38）with which he tied the donkey every day．When he reached the tree，he thought，"How do I tie this donkey today？He might （39）A if I sleep．" The potter decided to lie down（40） the donkey's ears so that the donkey would not run away．But（41） this way neither the donkey nor the potter was able to take a rest．A wise saint （圣人），who （42）D to be passing by，saw the potter holding on to the donkey's ears．Then the saint wanted to know what the problem of the potter was．When he was （43）what the problem was，the wise saint said， "Take the donkey to the place where you tie him every day．Pretend（假装） to tie him using a（n）（44）A rope．I promise you that he won't run away．" The potter did what the saint had said．He left the donkey and went to take a rest．When he woke up，to his surprise，he found the donkey standing in the（45）C place．Soon the potter prepared to leave for home．（46） the donkey did not move． "What is wrong with this donkey？" shouted the potter in frustration．（47）C，the potter saw the wise saint again．He ran up to the saint and told him about the donkey's（48）D behavior．The saint said， "You tied up the donkey，but did you untie him？Go and pretend to untie the rope with which you had tied the donkey．"The potter （49） the saint's advice．Now the donkey was ready to leave for home．The potter understood that donkey was a bonded（被束缚的） donkey．The potter thanked the wise saint and went home happily with his donkey．The donkey is stupid and （50）A are those people who can't get away from old habits．Sometimes，the unseen rope is more confining（束缚的）than the one that can be seen．36．A．take B．buy C．carry D．bring37．A．leading B．training C．feeding D．tying38．A．stick B．rope C．cloth D．silk39．A．run away B．give up C．run out D．turn around40．A．hitting B．holding C．hiding D．helping41．A．by B．in C．on D．with42．A．seemed B．appeared C．meant D．happened43．A．mentioned B．told C．asked D．advised44．A．safe B．soft C．imaginary D．fixed45．A．same B．similar C．special D．wrong46．A．And B．But C．Or D．So47．A．Happily B．Personally C．Luckily D．Unluckily48．A．proper B．funny C．proud D．strange49．A．offered B．followed C．received D．refused50．A．so B．neither C．also D．too【分析】略【解答】36﹣40 CDBAB 41﹣45 BDBCA 46﹣50 BCDBA4．One night，when I was eight，my mother gently asked me a question I would never forget．"Sweetie，my（16） wants to offer me a more important job because of my good work，but needs me to work in Brazil．This is like your teacher telling that you've done （17）C and allowing you to skip a grade（跳级），but you'll have to（18）A your friends．Would you say yes to your teacher？"She gave me a hug and asked me to think about it．I was puzzled．Though I said"yes"，the question kept me （19）C for the rest of the night．I realized the（20）D decisions adults had to make．For almost four years，my mother would call us from Brazil every day．Every evening I'd （21）A wait for the phone to ring and then tell her every detail of my day．A phone call，however，could never take the place of her staying home with us and it was difficult not to feel （22）D sometimes．During my fourth﹣grade Christmas holiday，we flew to Rio to visit her．Looking at her large （23）C flat，I became aware of how lonely my mother must have been in Brazil herself．It was then that I started to understand the difficult choices she had to make on （24）family and work．（25）C difficult decisions，she used to tell me，you wouldn't know whether you make the right choice，but you could always do the best out of the situation．When I returned home，I（26）D myself that what my mother could do，I could，too．If she （27）A to live well in Rio all by herself，I，too，could learn to depend all on myself．I learn how to take care of myself and achieve big but practical （28）D．My mother is now back with us．But I will never forget what the （29） has really taughtme．The separation（分离）between us has proved to be a（an）（30）A thing for me．16．A．teacher B．boss C．mother D．friend17．A．little B．much C．well D．wrong18．A．leave B．refuse C．contact D．forgive19．A．explaining B．sleeping C．wondering D．regretting20．A．poor B．rapid C．final D．hard21．A．hopefully B．politely C．nervously D．curiously22．A．satisfied B．happy C．relaxed D．lonely23．A．comfortable B．expensive C．empty D．modern24．A．providing B．balancing C．comparing D．mixing25．A．Disappointed at B．Compared with C．Faced with D．Satisfied with 26．A．enjoyed B．expressed C．warned D．reminded27．A．managed B．offered C．promised D．expected28．A．plans B．efforts C．prizes D．dreams29．A．question B．experience C．history D．chance30．A．wonderful B．terrible C．difficult D．unpleasant．【分析】这是一篇记叙文，作者记叙了妈妈去了巴西工作之后，他学会了自立，并且理解了妈妈的做法，这段分离的经历对他来说是一段难得的经历．【解答】16．答案：B．考查名词及语境的理解，teacher老师，boss老板，上司，mother 妈妈，friend朋友，结合句意可知："亲爱的，由于我工作出色，我的老板提供给我一份更重要的工作，但需要我在巴西工作．"故选：B．17．答案：C．考查副词及语境的理解，little小的，少，much多，well好，wrong错误的，根据下文"老师允许我跳级"这说明老师告诉我在学习上做得好，故选：C．18．答案：A．考查动词及语境的理解，句子中but表示转折关系，根据"老师告诉你做得好，允许你跳级．"，下文应该是"但是你得离开你的朋友．"故选：A．19．答案：C 考查动词及语境的理解，explaining解释，sleeping睡觉，wondering想知道，疑惑，regretting懊悔，句子中"I was puzzled．"妈妈的问题让我困惑了，下文应该是"这个问题让我困惑了一夜．"故选：C．20．答案：D．考查形容词及语境的理解，poor可怜的，穷的，rapid快速的，final最后的，hard难的，努力地．根据语境可知：作者我对妈妈的问题很困惑，我很难入睡，意识到成年人得作出艰难的决定，故选：D．21．答案：A 考查副词及语境的理解，hopefully怀着希望地，politely客气地，nervously紧张地，curiously好奇地，根据语境可知：四年来，妈妈每天从巴西打电话给我．可以推断出：作者很期待妈妈的电话，告诉她我在这儿的每一个细节．故选：A．22．答案：D 考查形容词及语境的理解，satisfied满意的，happy高兴的，relaxed轻松的，lonely孤独的，根据上句"然而，一个电话无法代替妈妈和我们一起呆在家里，"下句应该是："有时不感到孤独是困难的．"故选：D．23．答案：C考查形容词及语境的理解，comfortable舒服的，expensive昂贵的，empty空的，modern现代的．根据句意"在我四年级的圣诞节假期里，我们乘飞机去里约看望她，看着她那空荡荡的大公寓，我意识到我母亲在巴西一定很孤独．"，故选：C．24．答案：B．考查动词及语境的理解，providing提供，balancing平衡，comparing比较，mixing混乱，根据语境可知：就在那时，我开始明白她在平衡家庭和工作上所做出的艰难抉择．故选：B．25．答案：C．考查固定短语的理解，disappointed at对…感到失望，compared with与…作比较，faced with面临，satisfied with对…感到满意，由上文可知："就在那时，我开始明白她在平衡家庭和工作上所做出的艰难抉择．"下文应该是"面对艰难的决定，她曾告诉我，你不知道自己是否做出了正确的选择，但你总能从中得到最好的结果．"故选：C．26．答案：D．考查动词及语境的理解，enjoyed喜欢，expressed表达，warned 警告，reminded提醒，根据语境可知："当我回到家时，我提醒自己，我的母亲所能做的，我可以．"故选：D．27．答案：A 考查动词及语境的理解，managed设法，offered提供，promised承诺，expected期望，根据语境可知："如果她在里约生活得很好了，我也可以学会全部靠我自己．"故选：A．28．答案：D．考查名词及语境的理解，plans计划，efforts努力，prizes奖，dreams梦想，这里指"我学会了如何照顾自己，实现大而有用的梦想"，故选：D．29．答案：B．考查名词及语境的理解，question问题，experience经历，经验，history历史，chance机会，根据语境可知：我不会忘记与妈妈分离的这段经历，故选：B30．答案：A．考查形容词及语境的理解，wonderful极好的，terrible可怕的，difficult困难的，unpleasant不愉快的，根据上文可以知道：我不会忘记与妈妈分离的这段经历，我从中学到很多东西．由此可知，这对我来说是一件好事情．故选：A．5．I have （1）C my hometown for a few years．It has changed a lot （2）A the years．New roads and beautiful buildings have been （3）C．People in my hometown have realized the（4）C of protecting the environment．They have done many things （5）C planting trees，keeping the roads clean，and not （6）D plastic bags．Now the （7）A is much better than before，and people's life is （8）D than before．The old are doing all kinds of （9）D such as playing（10）A，dancing and playing TaiJi in the park．There are（11）C places for people to relax such as KTVs and bars in the town．People's life is not（12）any more．They can relax in many different ways（13）C just watching TV at home．There are also some places（14）A further learning ，especially for the（15）A who want to find good jobs．（1）A．left B．been away C．been away from D．left away（2）A．over B．among C．between D．after（3）A．build B．building C．built D．buildings（4）A．important B．useless C．importance D．use（5）A．for example B．as C．such as D．that is（6）A．use B．used C．useful D．using（7）A．environment B．weather C．life D．hometown（8）A．bad B．worse C．colourful D．more colorful （9）A．games B．matches C．work D．activities（10）A．chess B．the chess C．with chess D．a chess（11）A．few B．less C．more D．much（12）A．interesting B．boring C．bored D．happy（13）A．for example B．in fact C．instead of D．such as（14）A．for B．at C．with D．to（15）A．young B．children C．old D．baby【分析】这篇短文主要讲述了家乡的变化．家乡建了新楼房和道路，人们的环保意识提高了，环境变好了．人们的生活也变得丰富多彩了，老年人有各种各样的活动；还有很多地方供人们休闲；对于年轻人来说，还有继续学习的地方．【解答】（1）C．考查动词与语境理解．根据前后文及选项词意，此句为：我离开家乡有好多年了．for a few years，好些年；通常和现在完成时连用，leave是瞬间动词，不能与持续时间段连用，be away from离开，表示状态，可以与持续时间段连用；结合语境故选C．（2）A．考查介词与语境理解．A超过；B三者及以上其中；C两者中间；D在…之后；根据前后文及选项词意，此句为：这些年发生了很多改变．Over the years多年以来，故选A．（3）C．考查动词与语境理解．根据前后文及选项词意，此句为：建了新的房子和道路．主语与动词直接是被动关系，要用被动语态，所以动词用过去分词，故选C．（4）C．考查名词与语境理解．从后文村民植树等行为，得知此句说的是，村民们认识到保护环境的重要性．A 重要的，形容词；B没有的，形容词；C 重要性，名词；D 使用，动词；结合语境故选C．（5）C．考查短语与语境理解．从前问They have done many things他们做了很多事情，后面是具体的例子，例如植树，保持道路的清洁，A 例如，后面经常跟一个例子，B 作为，像；C 例如，可跟多个例子；D 也就是；结合语境故选C．（6）D．考查动词与语境理解．这里讲的还是环保的例子，句意为：不适用塑料袋．A 使用；B使用，是use的过去式；C 有用的，形容词；D 使用，use的现在分词；结合题意选A．（7）A．考查名词与语境理解．结合前文讲的是村民认识到环保的重要性，并采取了措施，所以此句为：环境比以前变好了．A 环境；B 气候；C 生活；D 家乡；结合语境选A．（8）D．考查形容词与语境理解．结合前后文，此句为：人们的生活变得更丰富了．A 不好；B更坏，是bad的比较级；C 丰富多彩的；D 更丰富多彩，是colorful的比较级；结合语境此处用比较级，而且是朝好的方向变化，故选D．（9）D．考查名词与语境理解．根据后面的举例dancing and playing TaiJi跳舞，打太极，得知此句为：老年人做各种各样的活动．A 游戏；B比赛；C 工作；D 活动；D符合语境．（10）A．考查名词与语境理解．根据前后文及选项词意，此句为：例如下棋．Playing chess 下棋，不需要冠词，故选A．（11）C．考查形容词与语境理解．根据前文得知，人们的生活变得更丰富了，得知此句为：有更多的地方给人们娱乐，例如KTV和酒吧．A 和B都表否定，没有什么；C更多，是many和much的比较级；D 很多，修饰不可数名词；结合语境故选C．（12）B．考查形容词与语境理解．根据前文，人们开展很多活动，有更多的地方来娱乐，得知此句为：人们的生活不再乏味．A 有趣的；B 无聊的；C 感到无聊的，用来形容人的感受；D高兴；B符合语境．（13）C．考查短语与语境理解．根据前后文的意思，得知此句为：人们有很多放松的方式，而不是只是看电视．A 例如；B事实上；C 而不是；D 例如；结合语境故选C．（14）A．考查介词与语境理解．根据前后文及选项词意，此句为：也有很多继续学习的地方．Place for doing sth．做某事的地方，介词用for，故选A．（15）A．考查名词与语境理解．根据后文who want to find good jobs．那些想找好工作的人，此句为：尤其是为那些想找好工作的年轻人．A 年轻的；B 小孩；C 老人；D 婴儿；结合语境故选A．6．Dear Joan，How are you？It's very nice of you to write （1）C me．From your letter I（2）D a lot about you and your school．Now （3）A me tell you something about me and my school．I am fourteen years old．I am in Class Two，Grade One at Changjiang Middle School．My father is a（4）A．He teaches （5）C English．My mother is a doctor．I（6）C early every morning and then（7）D English at home．Our school is very big．It has 3，000 students and 250 teachers．（8）C the teachers and the students work hard．After school，I like playing （9）D volleyball with my classmates．Please come and have a look （10）A our school if you have time．Please write to me soon．Millie （1）A．from B．of C．to D．at（2）A．thank B．tell C．talk D．know（3）A．let B．say C．speak D．want（4）A．teacher B．worker C．student D．doctor（5）A．our B．they C．us D．their（6）A．go to bed B．have lessons C．get up D．come here（7）A．look B．see C．watch D．read（8）A．Many B．Some C．All D．Every（9）A．a B．an C．the D． /（10）A．at B．in C．on D．to【分析】本文是Millie写给Joan的一封信，信里介绍了Millie的个人信息，家庭信息及学校信息，【解答】（1）C．考查介词辨析．from从；of……的；to到；at 在．固定搭配：write to sb"给某人写信"，故选C．（2）D．考查动词辨析．thank感谢；tell讲述；talk谈论；know知道．根据From your letter I …a lot about you and your school，可知，从你的信里，我知道了一些关于你和你学校的事情，故选D．（3）A．考查动词辨析．let让；say说；speak说；want想要．前文讲述了通过对方的信件，了解了对方学校的信心，那么此处应该表示"让我来介绍告诉你关于我和我学校的事情"，故选A．（4）A．考查名词辨析．teacher老师；worker工人；student学生；doctor医生．根据He teaches …，可知，他是一名老师，故选A．（5）C．考查代词辨析．our我们的，形容词性物主代词；they他们，人称代词主格；us 我们，人称代词宾格；their他们的，形容词性物主代词．teach是动词，后接人称代词宾格作宾语，故选C．（6）C．考查动词短语辨析．go to bed上床睡觉；have lessons上课；get up起床；come here 来这．根据early every morning ，可知，每天早上起床很早，故选C．（7）D．考查动词辨析．look看；see看；watch观察；read阅读．根据English，可知，此空表示"读英语"，要用动词read，故选D．（8）C．考查不定代词辨析．Many许多；Some一些；All都；Every每一个．根据the teachers and the students work hard，可知，此处表示所有的老师和学生都很努力工作，此处用不定代词all，故选C．（9）D．考查冠词辨析．a不定冠词，用于以辅音音素开头的单词前；an不定冠词，用于以元音音素开头的单词前；the定冠词．volleyball"排球"，球类游戏前不加任何冠词，故选D．（10）A．考查介词辨析．at 在；in在……里；on在……上；to到．固定搭配：have a look at"看一看"，故选A．7．An old farmer lived with his grandson．Each morning，the grandfather got up early and read his Bhagavad Gita（薄迦梵歌）．One day the grandson asked，"Grandpa!I try to read the book like you，（36）I can't understand it，and I forget it easily．What's the use of reading it？"The grandfather said，"Take this coal（煤炭） basket down to the （37）D and bring meback a basket of water．"The boy did as his grandfather （38）A，but all the water ran（39）D he got home．The grandfather laughed，"You'll have to move faster next time．"This time，the boy （40）A faster，but again the basket was empty．He told his grandfather that is was （41）A to carry water in a basket．He wanted to use a bottle instead，but the old man said，"I just want a basket of water．You're not （42）hard enough．"The boy wanted to show his grandfather that the water would surely run．He again put the basket into the river and ran hard．But there wasn't anything in it again．He said （43）A，"Look，Grandpa，it's useless!""Watch the basket．"said the grandfather．For the first time，the boy found the basket was different．It had changed from a dirty old coal basket into a（44） one，inside and out．"Boy，you might not understand or remember （45）D when you read the book，but when you read it，you will be different，inside and out．That's what you got from it．"36．A．so B．but C．or D．and37．A．house B．beach C．lake D．river38．A．said B．saw C．liked D．did39．A．as B．after C．until D．before40．A．ran B．rode C．drove D．flew41．A．difficult B．interesting C．impossible D．unimportant42．A．hitting B．trying C．holding D．studying43．A．sadly B．hopefully C．excitedly D．happily44．A．white B．clean C．new D．black45．A．nothing B．something C．anything D．everything【分析】略【解答】36﹣40 BDADA 41﹣45 ABABD8．When I was about 12，I didn't like a girl．I always think I'll never（1）D to her．She liked to point out my shortcomings （缺点）．Sometimes she said I was very（2）A．Sometimes she said I was not a good student，I talked too much，I was too proud，and so on．At last，I became very（3）．I ran to my father with tears in my eyes．He listened to me quietly，and then he asked． "Are the things she said about you（4）A or not？Janet，didn't you ever wonder（5）D you're really like？Go and make a（6）Cof everything she said and（7）the things that are true．Pay（8）A attention to the other things she said．"I did as he told me．To my great（9）A，I discovered that about half the things were true．Some of them I couldn't change （like being very thin），but others I could change and suddenly I wanted to change．I brought the list back to Daddy．He（10）C to take it．"That's just for you，" he said．"You know yourself better than（11）else．When something said about you is true，you'll find it will be of（12）D to you．Don't shut your ears．Listen to them all，but hear the truth（13）A do what you think is right．"Many years have（14）C．The situation often appears in my mind．In our life we often meet with some（15）A and we often go to someone for help and ask for advice．For some advice you will treasure （珍惜） all your life．（1）A．tell B．chat C．say D．speak（2）A．lazy B．strong C．pretty D．clever（3）A．happy B．angry C．stressed D．tired（4）A．true B．serious C．difficult D．suitable（5）A．why B．where C．who D．what（6）A．money B．silence C．list D．paper（7）A．change B．mark C．receive D．get（8）A．no B．some C．more D．any（9）A．surprise B．joy C．sadness D．horror（10）A．wanted B．expected C．refused D．disliked（11）A．someone B．anyone C．nobody D．anything（12）A．worried B．worry C．helpful D．help（13）A．and B．or C．but D．yet（14）A．pass B．past C．passed D．go（15）A．trouble B．changes C．chances D．success【分析】我12岁的时候，有一个敌人，一个喜欢指出我缺点的女孩．每周她列举的缺点在增加，最后，我变得很生气．我眼里充满泪水跑到我父亲那里述说．父亲却静静地听我，因为他相信大多数是真的．【解答】1．D 动词辨析．A告诉；B聊天；C说；D说话；根据上句不喜欢她，这里I always think I'll never（1）to her将永远不和她说话，speak to sb与某人说话，故答案是D．2．A 形容词辨析．A懒的；B强壮的；C漂亮的；D聪明的；根据前面指出我的缺点，应该是说我很懒，故答案是A．3．B 形容词辨析．A开心的；B生气的；C焦虑不安；心力交瘁；D累的；根据上句指出自己很多缺点，这里At last，I became very最后应该很生气，故答案是B．4．A 形容词辨析．A真的；B严重的；C困难的；D合适的；根据Are the things she said about you（4）or not？结合语境，所有她说的事是真的或不是真的，故答案是A．5．D 疑问词辨析．A为什么；B哪儿；C谁；D什么；根据题干，What is…like？..长什么样？应该是你真的是什么样的？故答案是D．6．C 名词辨析．A钱；B沉默；C清单；D纸；根据后面让写上她说的所有的事，应该是做个清单，故答案是C．7．B 动词辨析．A改变；B记号；C收到；D得到；根据语境，应该是所有对的事标记上，故答案是B．8．A 形容词辨析．A没有；B一些；C更多；D任何；根据上句如果说的是真的，做一个清单，后面Pay（8）attention to the other things she said，应该是别理会她说的其他话，故答案是A．9．A 名词辨析．A惊奇；B乐趣；C伤心；D荣耀；根据后面I discovered that about half the things were true我发现大约一半的事是真的，应该是另作者很惊奇，故答案是A．10．C 动词辨析．A想；B期待；C拒绝；D不喜欢；根据后面That's just for you，"那是给你的，应该是拒绝拿它，故答案是C．11．B 代词辨析．A某人；B任何人；C没有人；D任何事情；根据"You know yourself better than（11）else，没有任何人比你更了解你自己，故答案是B．12．D 形容词辨析．A担心的；B担心；C有帮助的；D帮助；根据When something said about you is true，you'll find it will be of（12）to you．当一些是真的，后面应该是这些对你是有帮助，故答案是D．13．A 连词辨析．A和；B或者；C但是；D也；根据Listen to them all，but hear the truth （13）do what you think is right．所有的都要听，如果自己认为是对的，就要做，并列关系，故答案是A．14．C 动词辨析．A原形；B过去式；D过去分词；D原形；根据have，后面要用过去分词构成现在完成时，很多年过去了，故答案是C．15．A 名词辨析．A麻烦；B改变；C机会；D成功；根据In our life we often meet with some（15）and we often go to someone for help and ask for advice后面说向某人寻求帮助或建议，应该是遇到麻烦时，故答案是A．9．Food is important．Everyone needs to （1）D well if he or she wants to have a strong body．Our minds also need a kind of food．This kind of food is （2）C．We begin to get knowledge even when we are young．Small children are（3）A in everything around them．They learn（4）D while they are watching and listening．When they are getting older，they begin to（5）D science books，storybooks and anything else they like．When they find something new，they have to ask questions and （6）A to find out the answers． What is the best （7）C to get knowledge？If we learn （8）D ourselves，we will get the most knowledge．If we are （9）getting answers from others and don't ask why，we will never learn more and understand （10）D．So we should believe in the saying that is never too old to learn．（1）A．sleep B．read C．drink D．eat（2）A．sport B．exercise C．knowledge D．meat（3）A．interested B．interesting C．weak D．good（4）A．everything B．something C．nothing D．anything（5）A．lend B．write C．learn D．read（6）A．try B．have C．think D．wait（7）A．place B．school C．way D．road（8）A．on B．with C．to D．by（9）A．seldom B．always C．never D．sometimes（10）A．harder B．much C．well D．better【分析】正像身体需要吃东西来补充营养一样，我们的大脑也需要营养，那就是不断地学习知识．人的不同生长阶段学习的方式不同，但是最好的学习方式是自学，这样可以保证你学到最多的知识．【解答】（1）D句意：如果想要拥有健壮的身体，每个人都需要吃好．根据上文"Food is very important"可知要想拥有一个强壮的身体，每个人必须吃好．eat意为"吃"，符合句意．故选D．（2）C句意：这种食物是知识．根据下文"We begin to get knowledge even when we are young．"可推出大脑需要的事物是知识．knowledge意为"知识"，符合句意．故选C．（3）A句意：小孩子们对他们周围的一切都感兴趣．根据下文"When they find something new，they have to ask questions and ___ to find out the answers．"可推出此处是说对"对周围的一切都感兴趣"．be interested in是固定搭配，意为"对……感兴趣"，符合句意．故选A．（4）D句意：当他们看和听得时候，他们学习任何东西．根据后半句"while they are watching and listening"可知当儿童感知周围事物的时候，可以学习任何东西．anything意为"任何东西"，符合句意．故选D．（5）D句意：当他们长大些，它们开始读科学书、故事书和其他任何他们喜欢的书籍．根据空后"science books，storybooks"可知此处是说读书．read意为"读"，符合句意．故选D．（6）A句意：当他们找到一些新事物，他们不得不问问题并试着弄清楚答案．根据"When they find something new"结合选项可知他们尝试找到答案，"try to do sth．"是固定搭配，意为"尝试做某事"．故选A．（7）C句意：获取知识的最好方法是什么？根据下文中提到的自核和从别人那里学习，可推出此处是说"获取知识的最好方法"．way意为"方式，方法"，符合句意．故选C．（8）D句意：如何我们自学，我们将获得最多知识．根据题干中"learn ____ ourselves"及选项可知此处用learn by oneself，是固定搭配，意为"自学"．故选D．（9）B句意：如果我们总是从别人那里获取答案而不问为什么，……根据题干中"are ____ getting answers from others"可推出此处用be always doing sth．，是固定搭配，意为"总是做某事"．故选B．。
初一英语完形填空含答案解析(50篇)
初中英语完型填空50篇附答案解析1．Once upon a time，there was a little boy named Rakesh.He studied and lived in a boarding school（寄宿学校）.Every night he jumped over the wall and played outside.He（1）returned before dawn（黎明）and lay on his bed again，so no one knew that Rakesh went out at （2）C.One night as usual，Rakesh found everyone asleep.He decided to play outside again.He went into his teacher―Mrs Green's room（3）and saw her sleeping.Then Rakesh walked out towards the wall.Near the wall，there was a ladder in the bushes.He hid it there.He（4）D the ladder and he climbed up it，then jumped over the wall.（5）at that time his teacher was awake and saw him going out.（6）C got up and took away the ladder from the wall.A few hours later，Rakesh returned.In the dark，he tried to climb（7）from the wall.Sadly，there was no ladder.Instead，Mrs Green was standing where the ladder was and waited for him.Rakesh was very（8）A to be punished（处罚），but to his surprise，she just helped Rakesh to get onto the ground，said， "Rakesh，at least（9）C a warm coat with you when you go out at night."Mrs Green's kindness made Rakesh know his own faults.He apologized（道歉）and never went out at night again.It is the（10）lesson that he has ever had.（1）A.never B.always C.seldom D.sometimes（2）A.daytime B.weekends C.night D.noon（3）A.loudly B.quietly C.happily D.quickly（4）A.took care of B.took away C.took a look at D.took out（5）A.And B.But C.So D.Because（6）A.He B.They C.She D.It（7）A.up B.down C.out D.in（8）A.afraid B.glad C.sorry D.surprised（9）A.buy B.bring C.take D.borrow（10）A.worst B.best C.furthest D.smallest【分析】文章主要讲述了有一个叫做Rakesh的男孩住在一所寄宿学校，每天晚上他都翻墙头到外面玩。
(经典)初一英语完形填空(50篇)
初中英语完型填空50篇附答案解析1．"I've been writing a book，John．Do you think anyone would be interested in （1）it？" said the old lady．John took over the papers from her shaking hand and let her sit in a chair，He remembered her rich（2）in the early days of the Old West．He looked through the papers， "It's good，Grandma，" he said gently．Then realizing that she （3）A hear him，he shouted into her ears． "I think it's very good．I'll send it to a publisher．"Ten days later，he reported that the publisher had read a few （4）C．He agreed to publish it，and he had paid ＄100 for the copyright（版权）．（5）D money would be given as an advance （预付款）．Every month，John brought her ＄100 with a letter from the publisher telling about the progress of the book．One morning，three months after her 100th birthday，Grandma didn't get up．The doctor told her that she couldn't last more than a few days．She was ready to go，but she first wanted her book to be in（6）D．John promised that she could get it very soon．Grandma held on until the day the book came into her hands．She proudly touched her book with her fingers，tears in her eyes．Two hours later，she died peacefully，（7）A holding her book．Her granddaughter took the book and（8） it． "Why，it's just blank pages!" She cried in surprise．John's face turned （9）．Then the girl understood．There never was a book．It was John （10），who couldn't take away his grandmother's only hope，had written the letters and sold his car to pay the advance．（1）A．borrowing B．publishing C．buying D．lending（2）A．advice B．experiences C．thoughts D．family（3）A．couldn't B．needn't C．mustn't D．wouldn't（4）A．words B．letters C．pages D．books（5）A．Some B．Much C．Enough D．More（6）A．copy B．doubt C．place D．print（7）A．still B．yet C．always D．then（8）A．closed B．opened C．turned on D．turned off（9）A．white B．red C．grey D．yellow（10）A．herself B．himself C．him D．her【分析】这是一篇感人的孝心故事，约翰为了完成奶奶最后的心愿﹣﹣出版自己的书，他自己代替出版商写了回信，卖掉了汽车来支付书的预付款，并奶奶临终前拿到了书而平静地死去，表现了约翰的感恩和孝心．【解答】（1）B 动词辨析．四个选项都是动名词形式，A．borrowing借入；B．publishing出版；C．reading读；D．lending借出．根据下文I think it's very good．I'll send it to a publisher．，结合句意和语境，可知她是想出版自己的书，句意：你认为有人会对出版它感兴趣吗？故选B．（2）B 名词辨析．A．advice建议；B．experiences经历；C．thoughts思想；D．family家庭．rich 富有的/丰富的，指钱财、经历等．根据句意和语境，句意：他记得她在旧西部早期的丰富经历．可知选B．（3）A 情态动词辨析．A．couldn't不可能，表判断；B．needn't不需要；C．mustn't一定不，表禁止；D．wouldn't用于委婉说法，表邀请或建议．根据下文he shouted into her ears，结合句意和语境，句意：他意识到她听不见他的声音，就大声喊叫起来．可知选A．（4）C 名词辨析．A．words词语（话）；B．letters书信；C．pages页码；D．books 书．read读；根据句意，结合前文内容，可知选ABD三项意思都与句意不合，句意：十天后，他报告说出版商已经读了几封信．故C．（5）D 考查形容词比较级．A．Some一些；B．Much很多，后接不可数名词；C．Enough足够的；D．More许多的，用作much、a lot of和many的比较级．much money 许多钱；根据句意和语境，可知需用much的比较级，句意：每个月都会有更多的钱．故选D．（6）D 名词辨析．A．复制；B怀疑；C替换；D打印；根据first wanted her book to be in 应该是首先想让她的书出版．故选D．（7）A 副词辨析．A．still仍然，表递进；B．yet还，多用于否定句，表转折；C．always 一直；D．then然后．本句前后是递进关系，需用still；根据句意和语境，句意：两个小时后，她平静地死去，手里还拿着她的书．可知选A．（8）B 动词辨析．A．closed合上；B．opened打开；C．turned on打开（开关等）；D．turned off关闭（电源等）．turn on/off多用于电器、电源；close与句意不合；根据句意和语境，句意：她的孙女拿了书并打开它．可知选B．（9）B 名词辨析．A．white白色；B．red红色；C．grey灰色；D．yellow黄色．根据语境John's face turned ，可知A、C、D三项意思都与句意不合，句意：约翰的脸变红了．故选B．（10）B 反身代词辨析．A．herself她自己；B．himself他自己；C．him他；D．her 她．John人名，不可用物主代词修饰，可用反身代词做同位语；根据句意，句意：是约翰自己，他写了信，卖掉了汽车来支付预付款．可知选B．2．If you are asked to recite （吟诵）lines of poetry that have the Chinese character "hua" which means "flower"．How many lines could you recite？He Liran，a 13﹣year﹣old girl，had to take on this（1）D on a TV show held by Shandong TV．He Liran，a student from the Harvin No．163 Middle School（2）Heilongjiang Province，competed with over 100 other students．The competitors（3）C to recite lines of poetry that had the word "hua"，with He Liran replying to each one．In the end，He Liran（4），reciting more than 60 out of the 127 lines in thecompetition．Her love of reading helped her win．Her father started reading to her （5）A she was just 4 years old．（6）D has been a bookworm （书虫） ever since．She is especially（7）in ancient poetry．"The beautiful lines they feature refresh my thought and inspire （启发）me a lot．For example，I love Su Shi's（8）C．His optimism （乐观） influences me a lot，" she said．Though she is busy with her schoolwork，she（9）A some time studying at least one poem each day．She thinks ancient poetry is still（10）C，even in modern times．Poems can be part of our daily life．（1）A．risk B．truth C．way D．challenge（2）A．on B．in C．at D．with（3）A．took down B．took place C．took turns D．took away（4）A．failed B．won C．cried D．left（5）A．when B．because C．if D．unless（6）A．I B．You C．He D．She（7）A．bored B．interested C．excited D．worried（8）A．paintings B．novels C．poems D．presents（9）A．spends B．takes C．pays D．costs（10）A．easy B．useless C．important D．boring【分析】这篇文章讲述了一个叫何丽然的女孩喜欢古诗，并在诗词大会上获胜的事．【解答】（1）D．名词辨析．risk危险；truth事实；way方法；challenge挑战．根据had to take on this﹣on a TV show 可知参加电视节目挑战．故选：D．（2）B．介词辨析．on在上面；in在里面；at在；with带有．根据Harvin No．163 Middle School﹣Heilongjiang Province．可知哈尔滨163中学在黑龙江省内．故选：B．（3）C．动词短语辨析．took down拒绝；took place发生；took turns轮流；took away带走．根据The competitors﹣ to recite lines of poetry．可知参赛者轮流背诵诗歌．故选：C．（4）B．动词辨析．failed失败；won获胜；cried哭；left离开．根据下文Her love of reading helped her win．可知何丽然获胜．故选：B．（5）A．从属连词辨析．when当…的时候；because因为；if如果；unless除非．根据Her father started reading to her ﹣she was just 4 years old．可知当她4岁的时候，她的父亲给他读诗．可知这是when引导的时间状语从句．故选：A．（6）D．代词辨析．I我；You你；He他；She她．根据He Liran，a 13﹣year﹣old girl．可知何丽然是一个女孩，用she指代．故选：D．（7）B．形容词辨析．bored厌烦的；interested有趣的；excited兴奋的；worried担心的．根据She is especially﹣in ancient poetry．可知她对古诗感兴趣．be interested in对某事感兴趣．故选：B．（8）C．名词辨析．paintings油画；novels小说；poems诗歌；presents礼物．根据I love Su Shi's﹣可知我喜欢苏轼的诗．故选：C．（9）A．动词辨析．spends花费；takes花费时间；pays支付；costs花费．根据she﹣some time studying at least one poem each day．她每天花一些时间至少学习一首诗歌．spend time doing something花时间做某事．故选：A．（10）C．形容词辨析．easy容易的；useless无用的；important重要的；boring令人厌烦的．根据下句Poems can be part of our daily life．可知她认为诗歌是重要的．故选：C．3．Wang Bin is a 12﹣year﹣old boy．He likes sports very much and（36）D well in sports．One afternoon，he comes （37）D the classroom and （38）C his father waiting for him at the school gate．He is very（39）and runs to his father．"Dad，please don't wait for me after school next time．I can go home by myself（我自己）．On their way （40）A，Wang Bin sees some boys skating in a park．"Can I go and learn skating，Dad？"asks Wang Bin．"I'm（41）A，my boy．You must go home and do your homework，"answers his father，"but I can buy you an ice cream．"Then his father buys an ice cream（42）C him．When Wang Bin wants（43）C it，a fly（苍蝇）flies to the ice﹣cream．"Drive off（赶走）the fly，"says his father，"it's very dirty（脏）．"But Wang Bin（44）A with a smile，"You don't let me skate，but can you let him（45）for a while（一会儿）？"36．A．did B．doing C．do D．does37．A．out B．at C．in D．out of38．A．to see B．see C．sees D．seeing39．A．glad B．sad C．old D．bright40．A．home B．to home C．school D．to school41．A．sorry B．happy C．OK D．good42．A．to B．with C．for D．of43．A．eat B．eating C．to eat D．eats44．A．says B．speaks C．talks D．tells45．A．skating B．skate C．to skate D．skates【分析】略【解答】DDCBA ACCAB4．In a small village，there lived a potter（陶工）．He had a donkey．Every day his donkey would（36）C soil from the field to his house．Since the field was quite far away，the potter would rest under a tree midway，（37）D his donkey nearby．One day，the potter forgot to take the （38）with which he tied the donkey every day．When he reached the tree，he thought，"How do I tie this donkey today？He might （39）A if I sleep．" The potter decided to lie down（40） the donkey's ears so that the donkey would not run away．But（41） this way neither the donkey nor the potter was able to take a rest．A wise saint （圣人），who （42）D to be passing by，saw the potter holding on to the donkey's ears．Then the saint wanted to know what the problem of the potter was．When he was （43）what the problem was，the wise saint said， "Take the donkey to the place where you tie him every day．Pretend（假装） to tie him using a（n）（44）A rope．I promise you that he won't run away．" The potter did what the saint had said．He left the donkey and went to take a rest．When he woke up，to his surprise，he found the donkey standing in the（45）C place．Soon the potter prepared to leave for home．（46） the donkey did not move． "What is wrong with this donkey？" shouted the potter in frustration．（47）C，the potter saw the wise saint again．He ran up to the saint and told him about the donkey's（48）D behavior．The saint said， "You tied up the donkey，but did you untie him？Go and pretend to untie the rope with which you had tied the donkey．"The potter （49） the saint's advice．Now the donkey was ready to leave for home．The potter understood that donkey was a bonded（被束缚的） donkey．The potter thanked the wise saint and went home happily with his donkey．The donkey is stupid and （50）A are those people who can't get away from old habits．Sometimes，the unseen rope is more confining（束缚的）than the one that can be seen．36．A．take B．buy C．carry D．bring37．A．leading B．training C．feeding D．tying38．A．stick B．rope C．cloth D．silk39．A．run away B．give up C．run out D．turn around40．A．hitting B．holding C．hiding D．helping41．A．by B．in C．on D．with42．A．seemed B．appeared C．meant D．happened43．A．mentioned B．told C．asked D．advised44．A．safe B．soft C．imaginary D．fixed45．A．same B．similar C．special D．wrong46．A．And B．But C．Or D．So47．A．Happily B．Personally C．Luckily D．Unluckily48．A．proper B．funny C．proud D．strange49．A．offered B．followed C．received D．refused50．A．so B．neither C．also D．too【分析】略【解答】36﹣40 CDBAB 41﹣45 BDBCA 46﹣50 BCDBA5．I was said to be the worst student in my class，and my family thought I was hopeless．I had to（36）D Grade Six．At that time a new teacher，Miss Sadia，came to our school．One day after class，she noticed that I was staying alone during the lunch break．She came to me and began to talk to me．It was just a（37）C conversation（对话）．After that day，she gave me particular attention（特别注意） and it made me feel special．I started to work hard because she gave me the feeling that（38）believed me，and my（39）D started to improve in her subject．Months later，she moved into a house near my（40）A．We would walk home together after school．Her constant （不断的） support helped me，especially in my studies，as I knew she would（41）D my grades both in her subject and the other subjects．I finally（42）second in my class．Then，after Grade Six，she started to slowly drift away（疏远），（43）A still kept a constant check on me．By the time I was in Grade Seven，we（44）D spoke，but by then I had become the（45）C in my class．When I left my school，I was out of touch with her，as she never answered the（46）C when I called her．Then I graduated and went to a good university．One fine day，our paths crossed again．I met her at a wedding．I could not（47）asking her，"Why did you stop talking to me？" "You are a clever boy．I wanted you to be a tree（48）A on your own roots，not depending on （依靠）others．Now here you are and I feel（49）of you．You are your inspiration （启发灵感的人）and do not need to（50）C a shoulder．"she said．I could not say anything，but I smiled．I'll always thank her．36．A．jump B．attend C．copy D．repeat37．A．stupid（傻的）B．useless C．normal D．secret38．A．everyone B．someone C．anyone D．nobody39．A．words B．objects C．classes D．grades40．A．home B．school C．hotel D．company41．A．change B．look C．improve D．check42．A．received B．came C．caught D．held43．A．but B．as C．or D．so44．A．ever B．often C．once D．hardly45．A．oldest B．strongest C．best D．cleverest46．A．road B．schoolyard C．phone D．machine47．A．finish B．help C．prevent D．keep48．A．standing B．flying C．growing D．sitting49．A．sad B．proud C．good D．pity50．A．give up B．get on C．look for D．take up【分析】作者在小学时老师和家长认为他是个差等生，要他留级，这时遇到了一位名叫Miss Sadia的老师，在她的帮助和鼓励下，作者取得很大进步，但是从此以后，Miss Sadia 不再给他很多关注，直到毕业后的一次偶遇，他才知道了老师这样做的真正原因．【解答】36．D考查动词辨析．A jump跳；B attend 参加；C copy复印；D repeat重复．根据I was said to be the worst student in my class，and my family thought I was hopeless 可知老师和家长都认为"我"是差生，所以不得不留级，选D．37．C考查形容词辨析．A．stupid 蠢得；B．useless无用的；C．normal 正常的；D．secret秘密的．从上下文It was just a（37）conversation（对话）．After that day，she gave me particular attention（特别注意） and it made me feel special可知这只是很平常的谈话，但是后来老师却格外注意我，选C．38．B考查代词辨析．A．everyone每个人；B．someone 某人；C．anyone任何人；D．nobody没有人．从上文After that day，she gave me particular attention（特别注意） and it made me feel special可知老师对"我"特别关注，所以作者感到了来自别人的信任，选B．39．D考查名词辨析．A words话；B objects 物体；C classes班级；D grades分数，成绩．根据后句started to improve in her subject可以推断作者在老师那科的成绩开始提高了，选D．40．A考查名词辨析．A home 家；B school 学校；C hotel旅馆；D company公司．根据We would walk home together after school可知作者和老师．放学后一起回家．选A．41．D考查动词辨析．A．change 改变；B．look 看；C．improve 提高；D．check核实，检查．根据语境判断老师会检查他的学习情况，会查他各科的成绩，而且根据下文still kept a constant（不断的） check on me．内容也可以判断选D．42．B．考查动词辨析．A received收到；B came 来；C caught抓住D；held抓住．固定短语：come second获得第二名，句意：最后"我"获得班级第二名，选B．43．A考查连词辨析A but但是（表示转折关系）；B as由于（表示原因）；C or否则，或者（表示选择关系）；D so所以（表示前因后果）．从前后句she started to slowly driftaway（疏远），（43）still kept a constant check on me．内容可知此处表示转折关系，句意：老师开始慢慢地疏远"我"，但是还是经常检查"我"的学习成绩，选A．44．D考查副词辨析．A ever曾经；B often 经常；C once曾经；D hardly几乎不．从上文she started to slowly drift away内容可知老师对作者渐渐疏远，由此判断当"我"上七年级时，我们几乎就不交谈了，故选D．45．C．考查形容词辨析．A oldest 最老的；B strongest最壮的；C best最好的；D cleverest 最聪明的．but by then I had become the（45）in my class到那时，"我"已经成为班级最好的学生了，故选C．46．C考查名词辨析．A road路；B schoolyard 校园；C phone打电话；D machine机器．根据空后when I called her．可知当"我"给她打电话时，她从不接"我"的电话，故选C．47．B考查动词辨析．A finish完成；B help帮助；C prevent阻止；D keep保持．根据作者说的话I could not（47）asking her，"Why did you stop talking to me？"可知"我"是情不自禁地问她"为什么不再和我说话"，can't help doing sth情不自禁做某事，故选 B．48．A考查动词辨析．A standing 站立；B flying飞；C growing 生长；D sitting坐．从下文I wanted you to be a tree（48）on your own roots，not depending on （依靠）others内容可知老师希望作者独立，要像一棵树一样，站在自己的根上，而不是依赖于别人的帮助，故选A．49．B考查形容词辨析．A sad伤心的；B proud自豪的；C good好的；D pity遗憾的．从Now here you are and I feel（49）of you．You are your inspiration（启发灵感的人） and do not need to内容可知作者成绩优秀，所以老师应该是为他自豪，故选B．50．C考查动词短语辨析．A give up放弃；B get on进展；C look for寻找；D take up拿起．从老师说的话You are your inspiration（启发灵感的人）and do not need to（50）a shoulder可知老师不希望他去依赖别人，要靠自己的力量，短语：look for a shoulder"依靠别人"，选C．6．I have （1）C my hometown for a few years．It has changed a lot （2）A the years．New roads and beautiful buildings have been （3）C．People in my hometown have realized the（4）C of protecting the environment．They have done many things （5）C planting trees，keeping the roads clean，and not （6）D plastic bags．Now the （7）A is much better than before，and people's life is （8）D than before．The old are doing all kinds of （9）D such as playing（10）A，dancing and playing TaiJi in the park．There are（11）C places for people to relax such as KTVs and bars in the town．People's life is not（12）any more．They can relax in many different ways（13）C just watching TV at home．There are also some places（14）A further learning ，especially for the（15）A who want to find good jobs．（1）A．left B．been away C．been away from D．left away（2）A．over B．among C．between D．after（3）A．build B．building C．built D．buildings（4）A．important B．useless C．importance D．use（5）A．for example B．as C．such as D．that is（6）A．use B．used C．useful D．using（7）A．environment B．weather C．life D．hometown（8）A．bad B．worse C．colourful D．more colorful （9）A．games B．matches C．work D．activities（10）A．chess B．the chess C．with chess D．a chess（11）A．few B．less C．more D．much（12）A．interesting B．boring C．bored D．happy（13）A．for example B．in fact C．instead of D．such as（14）A．for B．at C．with D．to（15）A．young B．children C．old D．baby【分析】这篇短文主要讲述了家乡的变化．家乡建了新楼房和道路，人们的环保意识提高了，环境变好了．人们的生活也变得丰富多彩了，老年人有各种各样的活动；还有很多地方供人们休闲；对于年轻人来说，还有继续学习的地方．【解答】（1）C．考查动词与语境理解．根据前后文及选项词意，此句为：我离开家乡有好多年了．for a few years，好些年；通常和现在完成时连用，leave是瞬间动词，不能与持续时间段连用，be away from离开，表示状态，可以与持续时间段连用；结合语境故选C．（2）A．考查介词与语境理解．A超过；B三者及以上其中；C两者中间；D在…之后；根据前后文及选项词意，此句为：这些年发生了很多改变．Over the years多年以来，故选A．（3）C．考查动词与语境理解．根据前后文及选项词意，此句为：建了新的房子和道路．主语与动词直接是被动关系，要用被动语态，所以动词用过去分词，故选C．（4）C．考查名词与语境理解．从后文村民植树等行为，得知此句说的是，村民们认识到保护环境的重要性．A 重要的，形容词；B没有的，形容词；C 重要性，名词；D 使用，动词；结合语境故选C．（5）C．考查短语与语境理解．从前问They have done many things他们做了很多事情，后面是具体的例子，例如植树，保持道路的清洁，A 例如，后面经常跟一个例子，B 作为，像；C 例如，可跟多个例子；D 也就是；结合语境故选C．（6）D．考查动词与语境理解．这里讲的还是环保的例子，句意为：不适用塑料袋．A 使用；B使用，是use的过去式；C 有用的，形容词；D 使用，use的现在分词；结合题意选A．（7）A．考查名词与语境理解．结合前文讲的是村民认识到环保的重要性，并采取了措施，所以此句为：环境比以前变好了．A 环境；B 气候；C 生活；D 家乡；结合语境选A．（8）D．考查形容词与语境理解．结合前后文，此句为：人们的生活变得更丰富了．A 不好；B更坏，是bad的比较级；C 丰富多彩的；D 更丰富多彩，是colorful的比较级；结合语境此处用比较级，而且是朝好的方向变化，故选D．（9）D．考查名词与语境理解．根据后面的举例dancing and playing TaiJi跳舞，打太极，得知此句为：老年人做各种各样的活动．A 游戏；B比赛；C 工作；D 活动；D符合语境．（10）A．考查名词与语境理解．根据前后文及选项词意，此句为：例如下棋．Playing chess 下棋，不需要冠词，故选A．（11）C．考查形容词与语境理解．根据前文得知，人们的生活变得更丰富了，得知此句为：有更多的地方给人们娱乐，例如KTV和酒吧．A 和B都表否定，没有什么；C更多，是many和much的比较级；D 很多，修饰不可数名词；结合语境故选C．（12）B．考查形容词与语境理解．根据前文，人们开展很多活动，有更多的地方来娱乐，得知此句为：人们的生活不再乏味．A 有趣的；B 无聊的；C 感到无聊的，用来形容人的感受；D高兴；B符合语境．（13）C．考查短语与语境理解．根据前后文的意思，得知此句为：人们有很多放松的方式，而不是只是看电视．A 例如；B事实上；C 而不是；D 例如；结合语境故选C．（14）A．考查介词与语境理解．根据前后文及选项词意，此句为：也有很多继续学习的地方．Place for doing sth．做某事的地方，介词用for，故选A．（15）A．考查名词与语境理解．根据后文who want to find good jobs．那些想找好工作的人，此句为：尤其是为那些想找好工作的年轻人．A 年轻的；B 小孩；C 老人；D 婴儿；结合语境故选A．7．A mother camel（骆驼）and a baby camel were lying around．（36）A the baby camel asked，"Mother，may I ask you some questions？""（37）!"said Mother．"Why，son？Is there anything （38）A with you？"Baby said，"Why do camels have humps（驼峰）？"Mother said （39）D，"Well son，we are desert animals，we need the humps to store（40）C and we are known to live without water．"Baby said，"Okay，then why are our （41）A long？"Mother said，still calmly（镇定地），"Son，clearly they are meant for（42）in the desert．You know with them we can move around the desert （43）C than anyone does!"Baby said，"Okay，then why are our eyelashes（睫毛）（44）？Sometimes they bother my sight．"Mother with （45） said，"My son，those long thick eyelashes can help make our eyes（46）D the desert sand and wind．"Baby said after（47）A，"I see．The hump is to store water （48）D we are in the desert，these eyelashes keep my eyes （49） and the legs are for walking．Then，Mum，（50）C are we staying in the zoo？What can we do here？"The story tells us：Skills，knowledge，abilities and experiences are only useful if you are at the right place．36．A．Suddenly B．Quickly C．Luckily D．Slowly37．A．Sorry B．Sure C．No D．Hello38．A．wrong B．interesting C．right D．good39．A．loudly B．happily C．sadly D．calmly40．A．food B．energy C．water D．salt41．A．legs B．eyes C．ears D．necks42．A．changing B．walking C．sleeping D．listening43．A．more B．less C．better D．farther44．A．short B．long C．black D．brown45．A．sadness B．pride（自豪）C．pleasure D．excitement46．A．look at B．look for C．tidy up D．stay away from47．A．thinking B．stopping C．shouting D．standing48．A．before B．after C．because D．when49．A．open B．safe C．closed D．bright50．A．where B．how C．why D．when．【分析】文中讲到的是小骆驼和妈妈的对话．小骆驼一共问了妈妈三个问题．从妈妈的回答里可以看出三个特点均有利于他们在沙漠里行走．知道这些之后，小骆驼问了最后一个问题，那就是为什么现在和妈妈在动物园里呢？【解答】36．A 副词辨析．A突然；B快速；C幸运地；C慢地；根据上句A mother camel （骆驼） and a baby camel were lying around一只母骆驼和一只小骆驼躺在一起，后面应该是突然问问题，故答案是A．37．B 感叹词辨析．A对不起；B当然；C不；D你好；根据上句may I ask you some questions？"我可以问一些问题吗？后面应该是当然，故答案是B．38．A 形容词辨析．A错；B有趣的；C对的；D好的；根据下文Why do camels have humps（驼峰）？"为什么骆驼有驼峰？应该是你有什么问题吗？故答案是A．39．D 副词辨析．A大声地；B开心地；C伤心地；D冷静地；根据下文still calmly仍然镇静地回答，这里应该是镇静地，故答案是D．40．C 名词辨析．A食物；B能量；C水；D盐；根据we need the humps to store及常识，当然是储存水，故答案是C．41．A 名词辨析．A腿；B眼睛；C耳朵；D脖子；根据下文You know with them we can move around the desert 你知道，有了他们我们可以在沙漠里四处走动，可知应该是腿长，故答案是A．42．B 动词辨析．A改变；B步行；C睡觉；D听；根据Son，clearly they are meant for （42）in the desert，及上句腿长，应该是在沙漠里走，故答案是B．43．C 形容词辨析．A更多；B更少；C更好；D更远；根据上句腿长，这里You know with them we can move around the desert （43）than anyone does!"，你知道，有了他们，我们可以比任何人都更好地在沙漠里走动！"故答案是C．44．B 形容词辨析．A短的；B长的；C黑色的；D棕色的；根据下文those long thick eyelashes can help make our eyes那些浓密的长睫毛能使我们的眼睛..可知为什么我们的睫毛长？故答案是B．45．B 名词辨析．A伤心；B自豪；C高兴；D兴奋；根据下句those long thick eyelashes can help make our eyes那些浓密的长睫毛能使我们的眼睛远离沙子，应该是自豪地说，故答案是B．46．D 动词辨析．A看；B寻找；C整理；D远离；根据those long thick eyelashes can help make our eyes那些浓密的长睫毛能使我们的眼睛，应该是远离沙子，故答案是D．47．A 动词辨析．A想；B停止；C喊；D站；根据Baby said after应该是想了一会说，故答案是A．48．D 连词辨析．A在…之前；B在..之后；C因为；D当..时；根据we are in the desert，these eyelashes keep my eyes safe我们在沙漠里，这些睫毛让我的眼睛安全，应该是when引导的时间状语从句，故答案是D．49．B 形容词辨析．A打开的；B安全的；C关闭的；D明亮的；根据上句那些浓密的长睫毛能使我们的眼睛远离沙子，这里these eyelashes keep my eyes 这些睫毛让我的眼睛安全，故答案是B．50．C 疑问词辨析．A哪儿；B怎样；C为什么；D何时；根据are we staying in the zoo？应该是为什么我们在动物园里？故答案是C．8．An old farmer lived with his grandson．Each morning，the grandfather got up early and read his Bhagavad Gita（薄迦梵歌）．One day the grandson asked，"Grandpa!I try to read the book like you，（36）I can't understand it，and I forget it easily．What's the use of reading it？"The grandfather said，"Take this coal（煤炭） basket down to the （37）D and bring me back a basket of water．"The boy did as his grandfather （38）A，but all the water ran（39）D he got home．The grandfather laughed，"You'll have to move faster next time．"This time，the boy （40）A faster，but again the basket was empty．He told his grandfather that is was （41）A to carry water in a basket．He wanted to use a bottle instead，but the old man said，"I just want a basket of water．You're not （42）hard enough．"The boy wanted to show his grandfather that the water would surely run．He again put the basket into the river and ran hard．But there wasn't anything in it again．He said （43）A，"Look，Grandpa，it's useless!""Watch the basket．"said the grandfather．For the first time，the boy found the basket was different．It had changed from a dirty old coalbasket into a（44） one，inside and out．"Boy，you might not understand or remember （45）D when you read the book，but when you read it，you will be different，inside and out．That's what you got from it．"36．A．so B．but C．or D．and37．A．house B．beach C．lake D．river38．A．said B．saw C．liked D．did39．A．as B．after C．until D．before40．A．ran B．rode C．drove D．flew41．A．difficult B．interesting C．impossible D．unimportant42．A．hitting B．trying C．holding D．studying43．A．sadly B．hopefully C．excitedly D．happily44．A．white B．clean C．new D．black45．A．nothing B．something C．anything D．everything【分析】略【解答】36﹣40 BDADA 41﹣45 ABABD9．A man who lived a long time ago believed that he could read the future in the stars．He called himself an astrologer （占星家）（1）A，and his hobby is to spend his time at night gazing（凝视）at the（2）D．One evening after eating supper with his friends，he was walking（3）the open road outside the village． His eyes were fixed on the stars． He thought he saw there that the end of the world was at hand．（4）， he went into a hole． It was（5）A of mud （泥）and water．There he stood up to his ears，in the muddy water，madly clawing （用手抓）at the sides of the（6）C． He tried his best to climb out of the hole（7）D he didn't make it．And then his cries for help soon brought the （8）A coming to the hole quickly． They （9）him out of the mud as hard as they could． One of the villagers said， "You always want to read the future in the stars， yet you（10）to see what is at your feet! This may teach you to pay（11）attention to what is right in front of you． Please let the future take care of（12）A．"What use is it，" said another， to read the stars，（13）A can't you see what is right here on the earth？" Take care of the little things first， and the（14） things will take care of themselves． The "astrologer"（15）to say and went home in silence． He felt very sad and shameful．（1）A． proudly B． easily C． happily D． luckily（2）A． sea B． sun C． moon D． sky（3）A． near B． along C． above D． with（4）A． Finally B． Suddenly C． Carefully D． Hardly（5）A． full B． filled C． empty D． kind（6）A． water B． mud C． hole D． road（7）A． if B． and C． so D． but（8）A． villagers B． friends C． parents D． neighbors（9）A． pushed B． pulled C． picked D． carried（10）A． treat B． fail C． stop D． wish（11）A． fewer B． more C． less D． worse（12）A． itself B． him C． you D． yourself（13）A． why B． when C． how D． where（14）A． loud B． big C． wise D． active（15）A． something B． nothing C． everything D． anything【分析】题讲述了一个故事，很久之前有一个人认为自己能根据星星来推测未来，并一直为未来担忧，一天晚上他独自在村外走路，想到星星预示着世界末日，便陷入沉思不能自拔，然后突然掉到臭水沟里，他尽力想爬出来，但是他做不到，只好呼救，被村里人救出之后，一个人劝说他应该管好眼前的事情，不要老想一些不着边际的事情，告诉我们整天预测未来不如关注当下．【解答】（1）A．考查副词及语境理解．A骄傲地；B容易地；C开心地；D幸运地；根据第一句he could read the future in the stars他能在星空中看到未来，应该是很骄傲地称呼自己为占星家，故答案为A．（2）D．考查名词及语境理解．A海洋；B太阳；C月亮；D天空；根据前文he could read the future in the stars他能在星空中看到未来，这里应该是凝视天空，故答案为D．（3）B．考查介词及语境理解．A附近；B沿着；C在…上方；D和；根据he was walking 可知一天晚上，他沿着村外的小路散步时，walk along沿着…走；故答案为B．（4）B．考查副词及语境理解．A最后；B突然；C小心地；D几乎不；根据下文he went into a hole掉进一个洞里，应该是突然，故答案为B．（5）A．考查形容词及语境理解．A满的；B充满；C空的；D和蔼的；根据It was（5）of mud （泥） and water．应该是充满了泥和水，be full of充满，故答案为A．（6）C．考查名词及语境理解．A水；B泥；C洞；D路；根据He tried his best to climb out of the hole开始奋力挣扎着沿湿滑的水坑边向上爬，故答案为C．（7）D．考查名词及语境理解．A如果；B和；C所以；D但是；根据He tried his best to climb out of the hole（7）he didn't make it前面说想爬出来，后面说做不到，表转折，故选D．（8）A．考查名词及语境理解．A村民；B朋友；C父母；D邻居；根据前文villagersoften came to him可知他的呼救声被村民们听到了，他们纷纷跑到水坑边来施救，故答案为A．（9）B．考查动词及语境理解．A推；B拉；C捡；D携带；根据They（9）him out of the mud as hard as they could应该是尽力往外拉，故选B．（10）B．考查动词及语境理解．A款待；B失败，未能；C停止；D希望；根据You pretend to read the future in the stars， and yet you （）to see what is at your feet可知你自称有占星预见未来的本事，怎么连脚下的路也看不清？故答案为B．（11）B．考查形容词及语境理解．A更少，修饰可数名词；B更多；C更少，修饰不可数名词；D更差；根据This may teach you to pay（11）attention to what is right in front of you．可知希望这件事能够让你清楚，你可能需要更多地关注自己眼前的事情，pay more attention to多加注意，故答案为B．（12）A．考查代词及语境理解．A它自己；B他；C你；D你自己；根据and let the future take care of （）可知让未来的事情自己去发生吧，故答案为A．（13）A．考查连词及语境理解．A为什么；B当…时；C怎样；D哪儿；根据前文see what is at your feet可知你为什么连地球上的事情都看不到，故答案为A．（12）B．考查形容及语境理解．A大声的；B大的；C聪明的；D活泼的，根据Take care of the little things first， and the（14）things will take care of themselves，先把小事处理好，后面应该是大事情就会自己处理好，故答案为B．（15）B．考查代词及语境理解．A一些；B没有什么；C所有的；D任何的；根据The "astrologer"（15）to say and went home in silence．可知占星家应该是什么也没说，默默地回家了，故答案为B．10．Amy is 13．She lives （1）her parents in Suzhou．She is in Grade 7．From Monday （2）C Friday，she goes to school．And she usually （3）D school clothes．There are lots of nice people in her class．Millie her best friend，always （4）A games with her at lunchtime．They both enjoy （5）C the songs of Jay Zhou．She is very （6）D now．Tomorrow is New Year's Day．They are going to celebrate it in their classroom，so Amy and Millie are going to the supermarket．They want to buy some （7）A：sweets，chocolates，lemons and pears for their （8）C．Amy often ate chocolates before，but now she （9） eat them any more ，because she wants to be healthier．Millie loves pears．She is going to buy five （10）D of them．（1）A．and B．with C．without D．in（2）A．on B．at C．to D．and（3）A．in B．wear C．put on D．wears（4）A．plays B．play C．playing D．played（5）A．listening B．hearing C．listening to D．listen to（6）A．sad B．boring C．kind D．busy。
[整合]初一英语完形填空专练含答案解析(50篇)
![[整合]初一英语完形填空专练含答案解析(50篇)](https://img.taocdn.com/s3/m/b873c0837fd5360cbb1adbc0.png)
初中英语完型填空50篇附答案解析1．I was cute，active，happy…until that day when I was fifteen months old．When I（1）C on a glass rabbit，I had a bad fall．The glass rabbit cut my eye （2）A badly that my eye was blind．The doctor said that if the eye was taken out，my face would become out of （3），so my scarred（有疤痕的），blind and grey eye lived on with me．People often asked uncomfortable questions about my eye or （4）A play jokes on me．When the kids played games，I was always the "（5）D guy"．I grew up imagining that everyone looked down on me．However，every time Mum noticed I was unhappy，she would say to me， "Hold your head up high and face the world． "It（6）A me to move on in life．As a child，I thought Mum meant，"Be careful，or you will fall down or knock into something （7）D you're not looking．" As a teenager，I always（8）C to hide my shame（自卑），but I found that people liked me when sometimes I held my head up high．In high school I（9） to be monitor，but inside I still felt like a freak（怪物）．All I wanted was to look like everyone else．When things got（10）A bad，I would cry to my mum and she would look at me （11）D loving eyes and say， "Hold your head up high and face the world．Let me see the （12）A that is inside．" That is how Mum told me pride． Mum's love and encouragement gave me the confidence to remove my own doubt．（13）C I was able to look people in the eye．I learned （14）A to appreciate（欣赏） myself but also to have deep love for others． "Hold （15） head up high" has been heard many times in my home．Each of my children has felt its power．The gift Mum gave me lives on in my children．（1）A．tried B．got C．landed D．knocked（2）A．so B．such C．too D．very（3）A．control B．shape C．order D．place（4）A．even B．still C．anyway D．indeed（5）A．good B．helpful C．pretty D．bad（6）A．helped B．touched C．stopped D．allowed（7）A．though B．so that C．whenever D．because（8）A．lie down B．hang down C．look down D．cut down（9）A．chose B．was chosen C．considered D．was considered（10）A．really B．mainly C．specially D．highly（11）A．in B．to C．for D．with（12）A．beauty B．heart C．mind D．love（13）A．At first B．At most C．At last D．At least（14）A．not only B．neither C．both D．either（15）A．our B．your C．his D．their【分析】这是一篇记叙文，主要描述了作者小时候因为意外失去了眼睛，所以有时抬不起头视人，后来在他妈妈的鼓励下，终于找回了自信．妈妈经常鼓励他说"抬起你的头来"，作者一直都感受着这句话的力量，这是他妈妈给他的宝贵财富，也是他留给他孩子的珍贵礼物．【解答】1．C．考查动词．A尝试．B得到．C跌落．D敲．句意"当我___在一个玻璃兔子上面时"．根据下一句I had a bad fall我摔了一跤．可知，应该是"跌落"．选C．2．A．考查副词．A如此．B如此（修饰名词）．C也、太．D非常．句意"璃兔把我的眼睛剪得___厉害，以至于我的眼睛都瞎了．"．so..that如此…以至于．中间用副词badly．选A．4．A．考查副词．A甚至．B仍然．C无论如何．D的确．句意"人们经常问我的眼睛不舒服的问题，___对我开玩笑．"．可知，应该是"甚至"．选A．5．D．考查形容词．A好的．B有用的．C漂亮的．D坏的．句意"当孩子们玩游戏时，我总是‘___人'"．根据上一句play jokes on me对我开玩笑．可知，应该是"坏"人．选D．6．A．考查动词．A帮助．B触摸．C停止．D允许．句意"它___我在生活中继续前行"．根据上一句However，every time Mum noticed I was unhappy，she would say to me，"Hold your head up high and face the world． "然而，每当妈妈注意到我不高兴时，她会对我说："昂起你的头，面对这个世界．"．可知，应该是"帮助"．选A．7．D．考查连词．A虽然．B以便．C无论什么时候．D因为．句意"小心，否则你会摔倒或撞到什么东西，__你看不到．"．可知，应该是"因为"．选D．8．C．考查搭配．A休息；接受；忍受．B垂；挂下来．C俯视，跌价．D减少；裁短；把…砍倒．句意"十几岁的时候，我总是__来掩饰自己的自卑．"．可知，应该是"俯视"，即低头，选C．9．B．考查被动语态．A选择．B被选择．C考虑．D被考虑．句意"高中时，我__为班长，但在内心深处，我还是觉得自己是个怪胎．"．可知，应该是"被选"为班长．选B．10．A．考查副词．A真、实在．B主要地．C特别地．D高地．句意"当事情变得__很糟的时候，我会对妈妈哭"．可知，应该是"实在"很糟时．选A．11．D．考查介词．A在…里．B到…D为了…D和、用…句意"我会向妈妈哭诉，她会__慈爱的眼神看着我说"．可知，表示伴随，用with用．选D．12．A．考查名词．A美丽．B心．C头脑．D爱．句意"让我看到里面的__"．根据上一句Hold your head up high and face the world昂起你的头面对世界．可知，身体的残缺没关系，内在美才是最美．应该是"美丽"．选A．13．C．考查搭配．A首先．B最多．C终于．D至少．句意"___，我可以抬头挺胸正视其他人"．根据上一句 Mum's love and encouragement gave me the confidence to remove my own doubt妈妈对我的爱和鼓励给予了我自信，让我不再怀疑自己．可知，应该是"终于"．选C．14．A．考查搭配．句意"我__学会了欣赏自己，还学会了如何付出自己的爱心"．可知，not only…but also…"不但…而且…"．固定搭配．选A．15．B．考查代词．A我们的．B你的．C他的．D他们的．句意"抬起__头来"．根据11空后一句Hold your head up high and face the world昂起你的头面对世界．可知，是"你的"．选B．2．It was the golden season．I could see the （16）A leaves falling with the cool wind．For others，it is a harvest season，while for me，it is an annoying season．I was（17）C for the Postgraduate Entrance Examination．But so many unhappy things made me so tired，so I decided to have a walk along the Yanjiang Road in my university．"Autumn is a lonely season and life is uninteresting．The days in this season always get me （18）"I thought when the sound of a guitar flowed（流动）into my ears，like a stream flowing from the mountains．A young girl，sitting on the lawn，was lost in playing her guitar．She was a beautiful girl，（19）D when the wind blew her long hair，l had never seen her before．The music was so attractive that I listened quietly．Lost in the music，I did not（20）A that I had been standing for so long．But my existence （存在）did not seem to disturb her．Leaves were still falling．Every day when I passed by the lawn，I saw her playing her guitar．Autumn was（21）A over．One day，when I was listening carefully，the sound suddenly stopped．To my surprise，the girl came over to me．"You must like the music，"she said．"Yes，you play very well．Why did you stop？"I asked．Suddenly，a（22）C expression appeared on her face．"I came here just to have a rest because I failed in the college entrance examination．I felt very disappointed．And it was your listening every day that（23） me，"she said，"and I have to go tomorrow．""In fact，it was your playing that gave me a（24）D autumn and helped me believe that I have the ability to pass the Postgraduate Entrance Examination．"I answered，"I think it was God who gave us the（25）C to know each other and we should be good friends．"She smiled and I smiled in that beautiful autumn．16．A．yellow B．green C．new D．empty17．A．going B．waiting C．preparing D．caring18．A．across B．down C．away D．out19．A．mainly B．specially C．mostly D．especially20．A．realize B．consider C．remember D．understand21．A．nearly B．hardly C．already D．just22．A．excited B．angry C．sad D．worried23．A．moved B．encouraged C．wondered D．saved24．A．short B．successful C．relaxing D．meaningful25．A．space B．gift C．chance D．luck．【分析】那个秋天我的心情很不好，因为我在准备考研，觉得很累．一天我在学校散步的时候被一个女孩儿的吉他声打动了．我站在那儿静静地欣赏，女孩儿似乎没受到打扰．日后，每当我经过那儿的时候，她都在那儿弹吉他．秋天快要过去的时候，那个女孩告诉我，她考试失败了，但是我的聆听给了她鼓励．我也告诉了她，她的吉他声给我考研带来了信心．在那个秋天，我们成为了朋友．【解答】16：A 考查形容词根据句意"我看见_叶子在寒风中飘落．"可知，此处意为"黄色的"，故答案为A17：C 考查动词根据句意"我正在_研究生入学考试"可知，此处意为"准备 prepare for"，故答案为C18：B 考查动词短语根据句意"秋天是孤独的，生活也很无趣，这些日子让我觉得_"可知，此处意为"沮丧 get down"，故答案为B19：D 考查副词根据句意"这个女孩儿很漂亮，_ 当风吹起她的长发的时候"可知，此处意为"特别，尤其"表示进一步的补充说明，故此处应该为especially，答案为D20：A 考查动词根据句意"陶醉在音乐里，我没有_ 我已经站了很久了．"可知，此处意为"意识到 realize"，答案为A21：A 考查副词根据"She smiled and I smiled in that beautiful autumn"可知，这个时候秋天还没有过去，所以此处应该为nearly，意为"秋天差不多快结束了．"答案为A22：C 考查形容词根据"I failed in the college entrance examination．I felt very disappointed"可知，此刻她脸上的表情很悲伤，故答案为C sad23：B 考查动词女孩儿因为没考上大学很伤心，作者每天的聆听给她带来了鼓励，故答案为B encouraged24：D 考查形容词女孩儿的演奏给作者考研带来了信心，所以这个秋天对作者而言是有意义的，meaningful 有意义的，故答案为D25：C 考查名词根据句意"上帝给我们_相识，我们应该成为朋友"可知，此处意为"机会chance"，故答案为C3．Over the past 20 years，I have watched the Lion King for more than a dozen of times.When I first watched the movie，the（1）C of Mufasa's death made me a six﹣year﹣old girl at that time cry，and since then，I have always skipped（跳过） that ter on，during my middle﹣school years，I liked the love story part a lot，and Simba and Nala were really a （2）A couple in my heart.Every time I watched the movie，I felt（3）D.Recently，I've watched the Lion King again.This time，what impressed me most was the （4）of Pumbaa and Timon ﹣ they were ordinary and lived an ordinary life.Before joining Simba to regain his kingdom，all about their life were eating and singing.To me，the best lesson that Pumbaa and Timon have taught us is that（5）D they know they are ordinary and their life is ordinary，they still love and enjoy it.In fact，in the real world，only quite a few people can achieve great things and becomeextraordinary，and the rest of us will just live our（6）A life.A sentence in an article recommended by the Fair（WeChat Subscription）（7）me：by hard work，ordinary people only fight for the right to（8）C their ordinary life in the ordinary world.It is cruel，but it is true （at least in my opinion）.The best solution is to accept and enjoy it.I know it's（9）but this is a part of growing up.I'm not saying that we should not have great dreams，after all，just as Vince Lombardi has said， "Perfection is not attainable（可达到的），but if we chase perfection we can（10）D excellence".However，I just think we should get （11） if our great dreams would never come true.I also dreamt about becoming extraordinary at a young age，same as most of my fellow classmates in primary school.In the senior high school，I was no longer one of the top students，and then，for the very first time，I realized that maybe I couldn't be extraordinary.Now，I'm well aware that I'm no more than an ordinary person but I'm（12）C with that.I went to an ordinary university and got my BA in English，and then to another ordinary university and received my MA in translation.Doing the editor's job，I now earn myself a life in Shanghai，such an expensive metropolitan city to live in.I can't（13）C Michael Kors or Issey Miyake，but I have comfortable clothes which fit me well.I usually go out dinner with a couple of friends on weekends，not fancy of first class restaurants but sidewalk café or common restaurants where we know there are delicious food and nice（14）A.I consider this not the passive acceptance，but a（n）optimistic attitude of turning "this is life" to "this is the life".But all in all，I still have（15），just in case they would become true one day.Yes，be ordinary and be happy.（1）A.view B.sight C.scene D.effect（2）A.perfect B.noisy C.lonely D.fashionable（3）A.heavily B.similarly C.practically D.differently（4）A.experience B.lifestyle C.wisdom D.humour（5）A.in case B.now that C.as if D.even though（6）A.ordinary B.hard C.rough D.rare（7）A.puzzled B.touched C.scared D.amazed（8）A.start B.gain C.continue D.stop（9）A.simple B.difficult C.foolish D.harmful（10）A.check B.cause C.change D.catch（11）A.angry B.prepared C.lost D.worried（12）A.grateful B.proud C.happy D.lucky（13）A.attract B.accept C.afford D.affect（14）A.service B.advice C.business D.condition（15）A.faults B.dreams C.challenges D.chances【分析】短文主要讲了作者看《狮子王》这部电影看了很多遍，每次的感受都不同，最大的感受就是平凡的生活也能过出非凡的感觉．【解答】（1）C．名词的辨析，view观点，sight景象，scene场景，effect效果，根据…Mufasa's death，结合语境，可知此处指看到Mufasa死的场景，故答案为C．（2）A．形容词的辨析，perfect完美的，noisy吵闹的，lonely孤独的，fashionable时尚的．根据语境初中的时候，我喜欢Simba和Nala的爱情故事，他们在我心目中是最完美的一对，因此使用perfect，故答案为A．（3）D．副词的辨析，heavily重地，similarly相似地，practically实际上，differently不同地，每次我看这部电影，感受都不一样，故答案为D．（4）B．名词的辨析，experience经历，lifestyle生活方式，wisdom智慧，humour幽默，根据下文的they were ordinary and lived an ordinary life可知，我对他们的生活方式印象深刻，故答案为B．（5）D．连词的辨析，in case万一，now that既然，as if好像，even though尽管，结合语境：尽管他们知道他们是普通的以及生活是普通的，他们仍然热爱和享受它，even though 引导的让步状语从句，故答案为D．（6）A．形容词的辨析，ordinary普通的，hard困难的，rough粗糙的，rare罕见的，在真实世界，能够成就不凡的人也就是凤毛麟角，剩下的我们中的大多数都只是过着平凡的生活，故答案为A．（7）B．动词的辨析，puzzled疑惑，touched触动，scared害怕，amazed惊奇，世相（微信公众号）推送的一篇文章中的一句话让我感触颇深，故答案为B．（8）C．动词的辨析，start开始，gain获得，continue继续，stop停止，根据语境指的是平凡的人在平凡的世界里辛苦奋斗，只是为了追求继续平凡地活下去的权力，因此使用continue，故答案为C．（9）B．形容词的辨析，simple简单的，difficult困难的，foolish愚蠢的，harmful有害的，结合语境：我知道这很困难，但这是成长的一部分，故答案为B．（10）D．动词的辨析，check检查，cause造成，change改变，catch抓住，追，根据上句"Perfection is not attainable我们无法做到完美，但追求完美能让我们变得很棒，故答案为D．（11）B．形容词的辨析，angry生气的，prepared准备好的，lost丢失的，worried担忧的，根据后面if our great dreams would never come true万一梦想无法实现，我们应该为此做好准备，故答案为B．（12）C．形容词的辨析，grateful伟大的，proud自豪的，happy高兴的，lucky幸运的，结合上句现在，我十分确定自己就是平凡人，可知但我乐于做一个平凡的人，故答案为C．（13）C．动词的辨析，attract吸引，accept接受，afford支付得起，affect影响，结合语境，可知我买不起MK或者三宅一生，但也有不少舒适且符合自己风格的衣服，故答案为C．（14）A．名词的辨析，service服务，advice建议，business生意，condition条件，但会去一些普通的街边小餐馆，那里也有很美味的食物和很贴心的服务，故答案为A．（15）B．名词的辨析，faults错误，dreams梦想，challenges挑战，chances机会，结合语境：但不管怎么说，我也还是有梦想的，因为万一实现了呢，故答案为B．4．My name is Zhao Kai.I went for a budget trip（穷游）this summer vacation.I（1）D Shandong，Tianjin and Beijing with my father.What a special and surprising （2）C it was!My father and I only （3）C about 1，000 yuan for the trip.We tried some different ways to （4）A money.We didn't take planes（5）A the air tickets were expensive.We didn't have enough （6）for the air tickets.We decided to take（7）C.Hard seats were our first choice.We（8）the hard sleepers（卧铺） only when we were too（9）.As for （10）A，we chose to live in small and cheap hotels.We didn't want to spend money living in large and（11） hotels.We didn't eat out.We went to the（12）A to buy some vegetables and meat，and then we （13）D meal in the hotel.We saved a lot of money（14）C this way.I learned a lot from the trip.I want to go for （15） budget trip next year.Would you like to go with me next time？（1）A.disliked B.called C.helped D.visited（2）A.place B.train C.trip D.meal（3）A.cost B.took C.paid D.spent（4）A.save e C.make D.find（5）A.because B.so C.although D.but（6）A.food B.money C.energy D.time（7）A.planes B.taxis C.trains D.buses（8）A.lived B.chose C.sent D.wondered（9）A.angry B.tired C.relaxed D.excited（10）A.hotels B.bedrooms C.houses D.flats（11）A.cheap B.expensive C.high D.low（12）A.markets B.libraries C.hotels D.restaurants（13）A.took B.bought C.learned D.cooked（14）A.for B.by C.in D.on（15）A.other B.another C.others D.the other【分析】本文讲述了作者和他爸爸一起去山东等地"穷游"的经历．他们带的钱不多，为了省钱只能坐火车，住便宜的宾馆，自己做饭吃．作者通过这次旅游学到了很多，还打算再一次"穷游"【解答】（1）D 考查动词．A不喜欢，B称呼，C帮助，D参观．根据上句I went for a budget trip（穷游） this summer vacation.我和他爸爸一起去山东等地"穷游"，应该是参观了山东，天津…故选D．（2）C 考查名词，句意：真是一次特别而惊喜的…此处place 地方，地点；train 火车；trip旅程，旅行；meal饭，餐．结合句意，应是"特别而惊喜的旅行．故选C．（3）C 考查数词．句意：我和父亲这次旅行只花了大约1000元．表示花费讲，sth cost sb ..；It takes sb ..to do sth；sb pay…for..；sb spend..（on）sth.根据"四个花费"固定的用法．故选C．（4）A 考查动词，句意：我们尝试了一些不同的方法去省钱．save节省，挽救；use使用；make使用，制作；find发现，找到．根据本篇语境可知是为了"省钱"，故选A．（5）A 考查连词．句意：我们没有飞机，…机票很贵．because因为；so因此；although 虽然，尽管；but但是．根据句意可知"因为机票贵，所以我们才没坐飞机"．故选A．（6）B 考查名词．句意：我们没有足够的…去买机票．food食物；money金钱；energy能量；time时间．根据句意可知"没有买机票是没有足够的钱"．故选B．（7）C 考查名词．句意：我们决定坐火车．根据后文Hard seats were our first choice."硬座是我们的首选"推出他们应该坐的是火车．planes飞机，taxies出租车；trains火车；buses公共汽车．故选C．（8）B 考查动词，句意：只有当我们很累的时候我们才选择卧铺．根据前一句Hard seats were our first choice，可知是首"选"硬座，再"选"卧铺．lived居住；chose选择；sent发送；picked捡起，拾起．故选B．（9）B 考查形容词．句意：只有当我们…的时候我们才选择卧铺．angry生气的；tired劳累的；relaxed放松的；excited兴奋的．可知只有在"很累的时候"，才舍得选择卧铺．故选B．（10）A 考查名词，句意：至于…，我们选择住在小而便宜的旅馆里。
[精选]初一英语完形填空(50篇)
![[精选]初一英语完形填空(50篇)](https://img.taocdn.com/s3/m/878ee1ad804d2b160a4ec09c.png)
初中英语完型填空50篇附答案解析1．Books come to life in Australia once a year，when students dress up as their favorite characters and come to school．They are （36）A part in Book WeekEach year （37）A August，schools and libraries across Australia （38）C a week celebrating this big activity．（39）C dresses up in costumes，even the teachers．Many dress up as characters from books or （40），like Snow White，Peter Pan and Harry Potter．Others dress up as famous （41）heroes to celebrate this country's history．"It's a fun way to focus on （42）D and the children really enjoy it，whether they like reading or not．．"said an Australian junior school teacher．Some students do a lot （43）A the best costume．Sydney costume shop owner Nikki Yeaman said Book Week was her shop's （44）time of year for children buying costumes" Harry Potter is a good strong book theme（主题） for boys and girls，"Mrs．Yeaman said．" And we can （45）D have enough stock （库存）of Matilda's blue dress．She is so popular （46）the TV show，but also because the adults still love the books．Book Week is a（47）C time to get children away from screen and back to the basics of reading a good book．According to Gail Erskine，"Books （48）children to read about other places in the world…and escape（逃离） their own （49）A and learn empathy（共鸣）about another character．"She also said the basics of reading started from " age zero"and that the key was （50）C a good picture book．36．A．taking B．attending C．joining D．meeting37．A．in B．on C．at D．to38．A．take B．cost C．spend D．pay39．A．Someone B．Anyone C．Everyone D．No one40．A．cinemas B．films C．libraries D．magazines41．A．American B．Australian C．British D．Canadian42．A．teaching B．learning C．listening D．reading43．A．to have B．have C．having D．had44．A．easiest B．busiest C．hardest D．funniest45．A．always B．usually C．often D．never46．A．instead of B．because of C．such as D．for example47．A．funny B．hard C．great D．excited48．A．make B．allow C．hope D．let49．A．world B．family C．parents D．friends50．A．find B．found C．finding D．finds【分析】文章介绍了澳大利亚的读书周，并介绍了读书的好处和意义以及如何阅读．【解答】36．A 考查动词，A taking 带走B．attending参加C．joining加入D．meeting遇到，根据part in ，可知是短语take part in参加，固定短语，故选A．37．A 考查介词，A．in在里面 B．on在上面 C．at在…D．to 到…，根据August，可知月份前用介词in，故选A．38．C 考查动词，A．take带走B．cost花费C spend花费D．pay付款，根据动词celebrating ，可知是句型spend…doing sth花费…做某事，故选C．39．C 考查代词，A Someone某人 B．Anyone任何人 C．Everyone每人 D．No one 没人，根据 even the teachers．甚至老师，说明所有的学生，甚至老师都穿着礼服，故选C．40．B 考查名词，A．cinemas电影院B．films电影C．libraries图书馆D．magazines杂志，根据like Snow White，Peter Pan and Harry Potter，可知是指书或者电影，故选B．41．B 考查形容词，A．American美国的B．Australian澳大利亚的C．British英国的D．Canadian加拿大的，根据文章开始Books come to life in Australia once a year，推出是澳大利亚的英雄，故选B．42．D 考查动词，A teaching教B learning学C．listening听D reading读，根据后文whether they like reading or not不管他们喜欢不喜欢阅读，推出此处指的是阅读，故选D．43．A 考查动词，A to have有，不定式 B．have原形C having动名词 D．had过去式，根据Some students do a lot…the best costume，可知此处是不定式表目的，故选A．44．B 考查形容词，A．easiest最容易的B．busiest最忙的C hardest最努力的D．funniest 最滑稽的，根据for children buying costumes" Harry Potter is a good strong book theme（主题） for boys and girls，推出很多学生买服装，所以是服装店最忙的时候，故选B．45．D 考查副词，A always总是 B．usually通常 C．often经常 D．never 从不，根据She is so popular ，可知受欢迎的就很畅销，不会有库存，故选D．46．B 考查短语，A．instead of代替B because of因为C such as例如D．for example例如，根据后文 but also because …而且也因为…，推出此处是指原因"因为"，故选B．47．C 考查形容词，A funny滑稽的 B hard努力的 C．great伟大的 D．excited 激动的，根据Book Week is a…time to get children away from screen and back to the basics of reading a good book．结合想想，推出句意：图书周是让孩子远离屏幕回到书本的好时间，故选C．48．B 考查动词，A．make使…B．allow允许；给予C．hope希望D．let让…，根据to read ，可知make，let后接动词原形，故排除A D；结合句意：书本可以让学生了解世界其他地方，allow sb to do sth允许某人做某事．故选B．49．A 考查名词，A world世界B family家人C parents父母D．friends朋友，根据escape （逃离） their own ，结合选项，可知是指远离他们自己的世界，和书中的角色产生共鸣，故选A．50．C 考查动词，A find找到，原形 B found过去式 C．finding动名词 D．finds三单式，根据the key was…a good picture book，关键是找到一本好的图书，此处是动名词作表语，故选C．2．If you were born in 2000 or in the years following it，the film Born in 2000 may strike a chord （引起共鸣）with you.The（1）A shows how people born near this year have grown up.Filmed over 12 years，the film（2）D the stories of two people—a boy named Chi Yiyang and a girl named Rourou.Both were born in 2001 and went to the same kindergarten.The documentary is only 89 minutes long，（3）C it shows their lives from 5 to 17 years old. The film gives an interesting look at how these two kids grew up.As a child，Chi was naughty and often（4） with other kids.The kids' parents didn't like him and wanted to kick him out of the school.But the kindergarten principal （园长）didn't give up on him and （5）A him to become a better person.Rourou loved（6）C as a child.But when she reached Junior 3，her father wanted her to give up ballet class and pay attention to school（7）A.Rourou didn't want to do so.However，her mother supported her and she got to keep learning ballet.In the end，ballet helped Rourou to be（8）D when she studied in the United States.Zhang Tongdao directed the film.As the film's director，he said， "One or two children can't （9）A a whole age group，but every child has the DNA of his or her generation." He hopes the film can help people（10） this.Let's wish the film success!（1）A.documentary B.book C.picture D.drama（2）A.says B.speaks C.talks D.tells（3）A.so B.and C.but D.or（4）municated B.fought C.chatted D.discussed（5）A.encouraged B.forced C.asked D.ordered（6）A.piano B.guitar C.ballet D.football（7）A.instead B.either C.anyway D.really（8）A.meaningful B.cheerful C.grateful D.successful（9）A.stand for B.look for C.care for D.prepare for（10）A.remain B.realize C.review D.report【分析】本文主要讲了一部有同一幼儿园毕业的孩子池亦洋和柔柔成长的纪录片。
初中英语完形填空4篇 含答案
完形一In recent years, computer games have become more and more popular in many cities and towns. A lot of small shops and restaurants along busy 1 have changed into 2 game houses in order to get more money. These places are always crowded with 3 especially young boys. In the computer game houses, people 4 a lot of money competing with the computerized machines. It’s 5 for one to win against a computer, but one can make 6 after trying again and again. People have a kind of gambling psychology（赌博心理）when they play computer games. The more they 7 lose the more they want to win, and at last they even cannot live without it. For school boys, they have no 8 for their lessons. When class is over, they rush to the nearby computer game houses. Some of them can get enough money from their parents. But some of them are not 9 enough to get the money. They begin to steal 10 students’ money and become thieves.1. A. rivers B. cities C. markets D. streets2. A. small B. big C. computer D. sports3. A. people B. boys C. women D. girls4. A. Take B. win C. Cost D. spend5. A. easy B. hard C. important D. wonderful6. A. mistakes B. money C. progress D. rich7. A. miss B. lose C. play D. make8. A. different B. secret C. mind D. duty9. A. Bad B. angry C. difficult D. lucky10. A. other B. ours C. his D. her完形二It was winter, and Mrs Herman wanted to do a lot of 1 , so she waited until it was Saturday. When her husband was 2 , he went to shops with her to pay 3 everything and to carry the parcels（包裹）. They went to a lot of shops, and Mr Herman bought a lot of 4 . She often stopped and said, “Look, Joe! Isn’t that beautiful!”He then answered, “All right, dear How 5 is it?” and 6 his money to pay for it.It was dark when they came out of the last shop, and Mr Herman was tired 7 thinking about other things, like a nice drink by the sideof a warm fire at home. Suddenly his wife looked 8 the sky and said, “Look at that beautiful9 , Joe!” Without10 , Mr Herman answered, “All right, dear. How much is it?”1. A. doing B. selling C. buying D. shopping2. A. free B. busy C. worrying D. afraid3. A. about B. for C. with D. of4. A. nothing B. anything C. things D. something5. A. soon B. long C. much D. many6. A. took B. brought C. carried D. put7. A. and B. of C. to D. for8. A. down at B. up at C. out of D. up9. A. sun B. moon C. stars D. earth10. A. walking B. running C. working D. stopping完形三We can use many kinds of energy.Most energy（能量）in the 1 today comes from 2 coal and oil. But this will not be so in the year 2000. We will get much of our energy 3 water, the sun and the 4 . We will produce atomic（原子）energy, and leave coal and 5 as raw（原始）material for cloth, plastics and other things. Some 6 of the world are very dry. Very 7 people live there, 8 there is a lot of sunshine and wind. With 9 atomic energy and energy form the sun and wind, we will be able to bring fresh water from far away or change sea water 10 fresh water.1. A. moon B. sun C. world D. space2. A. burning B. buying C. boiling D. taking3. A. in B. from C. on D. to4. A. moon B. cloud C. wind D. snow5. A. water B. paper C. glass D. oil6. A. schools B. places C. hills D. ground7. A. few B. little C. a few D. a little8. A. and B. but C. then D. so9. A. cheap B. expensive C. a little D. good10. A. to B. into C. from D. for完形四Peter was going out shopping. He waited for a short time 1 he got on a crowded（拥挤的）bus. He 2 for about five minutes until the bus came to the next bus stop and some of the people 3 . He took a seat beside 4 woman with several shopping bags. As there was 5 room for her, 6 she felt very uncomfortable（不舒服的）. Peter wanted to 7 her, b ut she didn’t agree. 8 the bus came to the town and people began to get off. Peter was very polite. He stood up and 9 , but she refused（拒绝）again. It took her 10 to get all her heavy bags to the door. While the bus was slowly moving away, Peter found the fat woman was left alone on the bus shouting for his help.1. A. after B. so C. before D. as2. A. sat B. stood C. ran D. waited3. A. got off B. got out C. went in D. hurried away4. A. a bad B. an old C. a very fat D. a young5. A. no B. some C. enough D. not much6. A. so B. and C. 不填 D. because7. A. know B. push C. talk to D. change his seat with8. A. Just then B. At last C. In a minute D. While9. A. went to her B. got off C. spoke to her D. tried to help her10. A. a minute B. a very short time C. quite some time D. little w完形一 1. D 2. C 3. A 4. D 5. B 6. C 7. B 8. C 9. D 10. A完形二 1. D2. A 3. B4. C5. C6. A7. A8. B9. B10. D完形三 1. C2. A 3. B4. C5. D6. B7. A 8. A9. A10. B完形四 1. C2. B 3. A4. C5. D6. C7. D 8. B9. D10. C文档已经阅读完毕，请返回上一页！。
初一完形填空30篇
完形填空一There are four seasons in a year. Spring is the 31 season of the year in China. The 32 is getting warmer and warmet, and warmer, and the days are getting longer and longer. On the farm, everything 33 green. And you can see flowers begin to 34 . Summer is 35 May to July. The days are getting 36 and the weather is getting 37 . It’s 38 season of the year. But it’s the best time for 39 . Everything 40 in summer. Autumn comes 41 summer. The weather is getting cooler and cooler and the days are getting 42 . It’s the harvest time of the year. This year we are going to help the farmers 43 the rice harvest. The coldest season of the year is winter. Winter 44 from November to January. We wear a lot of warm clothes. I like winter best 45 I can skate. ( )( )31、A.good B. well C.better D.best( )32、A.weather B.whether C.sky D.sun( )33、A.grow B.get C.turns e( )34、e B.turn open C.turn red e out( )35、A.begin from B.beginning from C.from D.begins( )36、A.shorter B.short C.longer D.long( )37、A.hoter B.hotter C.cooler D.warmer( )38、A.hottest B.the hottest C.warmest D.the warmest( )39、A.sport B.sport C.playing football D.playing outside( )40、A.grow quick B.grows quick C.grows quickly D.grow quickly( )41、A.before B.after C.in front of D.behind( )42、A.shorter and shorter B.short and short C.longer and longer D.long and long ( )43、A.for B.with C.get in D.pick( )44、sts B.go C.starts D.begins( )45、A.when B.but C.and D.because二June 26 action movies and she often goes 2 7 Chinese action movies. She thinks they are very 28 . She thinks documentaries are boring, 29 she doesn’t like 30 . She thinks they are scary. She 31 likes Beijing Opera. Some 32 don’t like it, but she thinks it very 33 . She thinks she can 34 Chinese history. She with her friends 35 to see Beijing Opera.( )26. A. really like B. like really C. really likes D. likes really( ) 27. A. seeing B. to see C. see D. sees( ) 28. A. exciting B. boring C. difficult D. sad( ) 29. A. but B. so C. or D. and( ) 30. A. comedies B. thrillers C. action movies D. documentaries( )31. A. too B. either C. also D. often( ) 32. A. people B. peoples C. English D. Chinese( ) 33. A. interesting B. boring C. scary D. exciting( ) 34. A. thinks of B. think of C. learns about D. learn about( ) 35. A. has B. go C. wants D. Find三I have a good friend． 1 name is Peter. We study in Beijing Sunshine Secondary School. We are in the same (同一个) class. He sits in front of 2 . His favourite lesson is Music．He 3 many CDs. He likes 4 music very much. He likes playing football, too. After school we often play football in the 5 . He is very helpful. We often help each 6 .Peter is not a Chinese. He is from 7 . He comes to Beijing 8 his family. His father is a doctorand his mother is a nurse. They work from Monday 9 Friday. At weekends, his mother likes shopping and his father likes fishing. Sometimes they go to the park. They all like Chinese food．They 10 very happy.( ) 1．A．He B．His C．She D．Her( ) 2．A．I B．my C．Mine D．me( ) 3．A．have B．has C．there is D．there are( ) 4．A．listen B．listen to C．listening D．listening to( ) 5．A．classroom B．library C．playground D．bookshop( ) 6．A．one B．other C．others D．some( ) 7．A．England B．Chinese C．English D．American( ) 8．A．from B．on C．with D．for( ) 9．A．in B．to C．with D．of( ) 10．A．be B．am C．is D．Are四On Christmas Eve a few days ago, an English couple, the Hardens, got a very special call. It was only a 20-second call but it was very ____11____. The Hardens’ 15-year-old daughter has gone ___12____ six months before. On Christmas Eve she rang them. “I’m phoning to wish you a happy Christmas, ”she said, “I love you.” Ronals and Edwine Harden were so ______13_____ that they started a special telephone service （服务）called“Alive and Well”. The service helps ______14______ to get in touch with children who have run away from home. Young people can phone“Alive and Well”and leave a message for their parents. The telephone are answered by answering machines. So ______15_____ can speak to the child or make him return home. Parents of runaway children who are _______16_______ eighteen can ask the police to bring their children home. So children do not want to tell their parents where they are. Through “Alive and Well”they can telephone their parents and they do not ______17______ about this or giving out their addresses. The Hardens and their helpers ______18______ the telephone messages and connect（联系）the addresses given. About 30,000 British teenagers have left home and many of them are probably in _______19_______. For only two pence（便士）they can go into a telephone coin box and call their parents. They can dial 5675339 and ______20______ a parent worry: Is he dead or alive?( )11. A. interesting B.important C. difficult D. exciting( )12. A. away B.out C. back D. along( )13. A. angry B. happy C. sad D. kind( )14. A. teachers B. people C. parents D. friends( )15. A. Someone B. anyone C. Everyone D. no one( )16. A. at B. above C. over D. under( )17. A. think B. worry C. Talk D. hear( )18. A. ask for B. listen to C. look up D. write down( )19. A. Pairs B. Tokyo C. London D. New York( )20. A. Stop B. make C. feel D. Leave五My uncle works in a shop.It`s near a 1 .Every day the students come to 2 some things(东西).In the morning my uncle gets up 3 six and after breakfast he 4 his bike to the shop.He 5 there at about 7:30.The shop 6 at eight.There are many things 7 sale in this shop.So there 8 many people in the shop 9 morning to evening.My uncle is very happy to 10 the students and they like him very much.( )1、A.farm B.building C.school D.shop( )2、A.buy B. sell C.take D.want( )3、A. on B.in C.at D.from( )4、A.on B.by C.rides D.riding( )5、A.goes B.gets C.stays D.looks( )6、A.opens B.open C.is opening D.opened( )7、A.with B.in C.on D.for( )8、A.are e C.have D.see( )9、A. in B.from C.on D.at( )10、A. meet B.look C.buy D.for六Carol and Susan are very good friends They are in the same _1_ at school and they often visit _2_ home at weekends (周末). Now they are _3_ eight years old. Carol's mother has got a new baby. Carol is very _14_ to have a little sister. So she is always talking about her to Susan. At first she is very _5_ in the new baby because she doesn't have any brothers or sisters. But _6_ some time she begins to get tired of Carol's endless talking (喋喋不休地谈论) about it. She also fells a little jealous (嫉妒) of her friend.One morning when the two girls _7_ in the school ground, Carol says to Susan, "Do you _8_, Sue, my baby sister has put on nearly half a pound in weight (体重增加了半磅) this week.""That is not very _9_." answers Susan. "I know a baby and he puts on ten pounds a day.""Oh, that can't be _10_." answers Carol laughingly. "Whose baby is it " "An elephant's" says Susan.1. A. grade B. table C. class D. group2. A. each other's B. their C. theirs D. each other3. A. All B. two C. both D. either4. A. angry B. sorry C. Surprised D. glad5. A. Interesting B. interested C. happy D. satisfied6. A. Before B. for C. after D. at7. A. play B. meet C. weight D. walk8. A. Hear B. think C. find D. know9. A. much B. Many C. few D. little10. A. Impossible B. wrong C. true D. Sure七Linda is a student. English is 1 favorite subject at school. Today is February sixth. It's Linda's birthday. She gets up at seven o'clock. After 2 , she goes to a computer store 3 her father at 8:30. She wants to 4 a computer. Then she can 5 more English on the computer. They see many 6 in the store. Linda likes 7 big blue computer. It is 1,472 dollars. Her 8 buys it for her. Linda is very 9 and she loves her 10 computer.( )1. A. her B. his C. She( )2. A. dinner B. breakfast C. lunch( )3. A. to B. and C. with( )4. A. sell B. draw C. buy( )5. A. ask B. learn C. look( )6. A. computers B. clothes C. Books( )7. A. the B. / C. a( )8. A. brother B. father C. mother( )9. A. happy B. tired C. sad( )10.A. old B. small C. New八There is a shop near my home. It (31) many things like bread, milk, (32) and drinks. My mother often goes shopping there (33) Sundays and buy food. I go with her, too, and carry baskets (34) her. The people in the shop are very friendly. They (35) us pu t the heavy things on the bikes. It doesn’t sell (36). I must buy rulers, pens and pencils in other shops. The shop is not open (37) eight o’clockin the morning, so (所以) don’t go to buy things for (38). It (39) at ten in the evening. Mother says we can go there (40) supper time. But I think it is too late.31. A. is sell B. sells C. is buy D. buys32. A. cakes B. bikes C. pencils-boxes D. books33. A. in B. at C. on D. about34. A. with B. Near C. help D. for35. A. help B. ask C. want D. like36. A. food B. school things C. kites D. drinks37. A. after B. before C. at D. in38. A. supper B. lunch C. Breakfast D. class39. A. stops B. leaves C. opens D. closes40. A. after B. before C. at D. In九Jim 1 from America. Now he is 2 China. He 3 at about 6:30 and eats his breakfast at 7:00 in the morning. After breakfast, he says “goodbye” 4 his parents and leaves (离开)home at 7:30. He usually walks to school. He gets there at 7:55.He 5 his first class at eight. Morning classes are over at 12:10, and he eats lunch ten minutes later at about 12:20. After lunch he plays 6 his friends. Afternoon classes begin at 1:30. Usually there are two classes in the 7 . School is over at 3:30. Usually he plays games or do 8 things and gets home at about 5:15. He eats supper at 6:00 and then 9 , then he watches TV. He wwW.x kB 1.c Om 10 at around 10:00.( )1. A. come B. is C. are D. be( )2. A. in B. at C. on D. of( )3. A. plays B. gets up C. goes home D. goes to school( )4. A. with B. for C. and D. to( )5. A. have B. has C. start D. begin( )6. A. with B. and C. to D. or( )7. A. afternoon B. morning C. evening D. night( )8. A. another B. an other C. other D. others( )9. A. swim B. goes to bed C. takes D. does his homework( )10. A . goes to school B. goes to bed C. goes home D. goes to the room十Do you often think of your parents? You may say, ‘‘Of c ourse, I 46 . I 47 a giftfor my mother on Mother’s Day and on Father’s Day I give my father 48 , too.’’ But what about the other days of the year?In my family, my parents like 49 very much because my aunt and uncle come back from Beijingto see them. All the family members get together. They are very happy. In the evening, we eat moon cakes and watch the 50 .I have a friend. Her parents 51 in another city. One day, I go to see her, and we have a nice talk. Then she wants to 52 . So she dials(拨打) the number, but then she puts down the phone.53 about 15 minutes, she dials the number again. ‘‘Hi, Mom….’’Later, I ask, ‘‘Why do yo u dial the number 54 ?’’ She smiles, ‘‘My parents are old and55 , so they can't get close to the telephone quickly. I always do so when I call them. I only want to give them 56 time to 57 the telephone.’’My friend is a good girl. She is always 58 about her parents. You also want to be a 59 child, right? Please always remember to 60 your parents at any time, not just on some important days.46. A. will B. do C. won’t D. don't47. A. buy B. sell C. take D. do48. A. a cake B. a kiss C. some money D. a gift49. A. Halloween B. Chinese New Year C. Thanksgiving Day D. Mid-Autumn Festival50. A. moon B. sun D. film51. A. live B. play C. travel D. eat52. A. make a call B. go fishing C. take a walk D. have a rest53. A. After B. When C. Before D. For54. A. a twice B. twice C. second D. the second55. A. slow B. fast C. healthy D. strong56. A. enough B. little C. any D. free57. A. move(移动) B. bring C. take D. answer58. A. telling B. saying C. thinking D. waiting59. A. well B. clever C. b ad D. good60. A. call B. love C. want D. hear十一Do you have a beautiful dream?I know almost everyone ___36____ his own dream in his life.The dreams are very important ___37__ them. The dreams can make them___38__ harder.I am studying in a school now. My dream is ___39___ a teacher in west China. Many children there want to go to school____40____they can't. Their families are poor and their parents don't have enough money___41___ their children to school. I think that going to school and studying is the only __42__to change their life.Teachers are greatly needed there, so I want to be a teacher to help them. I will be kind to my students and make __43___with them. I will give them love and teach them 44____ to be a useful person.I think it is an interesting job in the world. I hope my dream can ____45____!( )36. A. has B. have C. is D. are( )37. A. at B. to C. in D. with( )38. A. to work B. to study C. work D. study( )39. A. be B. to make C. to do D. to be( )40. A. and B. but C. or D. so( )41. A. to send B. sending C. to make D. making( )42. A. way B. dream C. school D. place( )43. A. friends B. a friend C. models D. a model( )44. A. when B. why C. how D. what( )45. A.find B. realize C.look for D. come true十二The Green family usually go to the park on Sunday. 36 take some bread, meat and 37 cola with them. They are now in the 38 . The sun is shining and the birds are singing .It’s a 39 day. Mr. Green is wearing a blue T-shirt . He is 40 by the river . Mrs Green is 41 under the tree. She is wearing a green dress and a pair of 42 . She is drinking some 43 . Peter and Alice are flying a kite . Jack is playing football . He is good at 44 . The Green family are very 45 today .( )36. A. She B. he C. They D. Them( )37. A. a pair of B. a C. a cup of D. a bottle of( )38. A. hill B. room C. park D. shop( )39. A. sunny B. cold C. rainy D. snowy( )40. A. skating B. swimming C. boating D. fishing( )41. A. flying B. doing C. kicking D. sitting( )42. A. hat B. sunglasses C. suit D. shoe( )43. A. oranges B. cakes C. cola D. meat( )44. A. it B. them C. this D. one( )45. A. happy B. funny C. sad D. hungry十三Hi! I’m Alex Greenall. I’m thirteen and I go to Park school in Oxford, England. I go to school _______(1) weekdays, but not on Saturday and Sunday. This is my school day. I ________(2) at half past seven in the morning, and then have breakfast. My school is _______(3) my house. I go to school at half past eight and see my friends. We start work _______(4) nine o’clock. We have three lessons in the morning. _______(5) favourite subject is art. At eleven o’ clock, we ________(6) in the playground and I talk ______(7) my friends. They go to the playground and play football, _______(8) I don’t like football. We have lunch in the dining hall at half past twelve. I like school lunch! We have meat and rice with vegetable, or hamburgers. I drink juice _________(9) water. We start lessons in the afternoon at half past one. We have two lessons in the afternoon. Then we go home at half past three. In the evening, I watch TV and have dinner _____(10) my family. I do my homework and go to bed at ten o’clock.( ) 1. A. in B. at C. on D. from( ) 2. A. get up B. gets up C. getting up D. am getting up( ) 3. A. next B. in front C. next to D. behind of( ) 4. A. in B. on C. for D. at( ) 5. A. I B. me C. My D. Mine( ) 6. A. have break B. have a break C. has break D. has a break( ) 7. A. about B. for C. to D. in( ) 8. A. and B. because C. so D. but( ) 9. A. or B. and C. with D. in( ) 10. A. and B. for C. of D. with十四Joan is __36__ American girl. __37__ family is in New York. She is thirteen. She__38_ salad a lot.Now, Joan is__39__China. She likes Chinese food. __40__ lunch she likes eating chicken and carrots. She studies in No.2 Middle School. She reads Chinese every morning. She likes __41__Chinese __42__ class. She usually __43__ Chinese after class, too.She __44__ TV on Sunday ev enings. It’s relaxing at home. She likes helping others. She likes _ 45__tennis.( ) 36. A.a B. the C. an( ) 37. A.Her B. She C. His( ) 38. A.likes B. like C. boing( ) 39. A. on B. at C. in( ) 40. A. On B.For C. In( ) 41. A. speaking B. speaks C.speak( ) 42. A. on B. of C.in( ) 43. A. reading B. reads C. to read( ) 44. A.watch B. watchs C. watches( ) 45. A.playing B. making C. doing十五Cinderella lives with a very mean （冷酷的） family. She has to do all the housework. She makes the beds. She does the dishes. She ______36______ the meals. She even takes ______37______ the garbage （垃圾）.One day the family goes to a ______38______ at the prince’s palace （皇宫）. Cinderella is ______39______. She says, “I want to go and dance, too! ”Suddenly a fairy princess comes and says, “I can ______40______ you. ” She gives Cinderella a party dress and a pair of glass ______41______. Then she says, “Come home early. My magic ends at midnight. I’m just learning this job. ”Cinderella goes to the party and ______42______ with the prince. She forgets about ______43______. Then she sees a clock. It is almost midnight. Cinderella ______44______ home, but she loses one of her glass shoes on the way.The prince wants to marry Cinderella, but all he has is the glass shoe. Many women try on the shoe, but it doesn’t fit.The prince ______45______, “Everyone has such big feet!” Then one day, Cinderella tries it on, and it fits!The prince and Cinderella get married, and they live happily ever after.（）36. A. eats B. cooks C. buys D. gives（）37. A. with B. up C. in D. out（）38. A. party B. movie C. picnic D. concert（）39. A. happy B. sad C. excited D. tired（）40. A. see B. take C. help D. bring（）41. A. shoes B. hats C. pants D. gloves（）42. A. sings B. dances C. plays D. talks（）43. A. clothes B. food C. music D. time（）44. A. goes B. walks C. runs D. gets（）45. A. thinks B. hopes C. finds D. knows十六Hello , everyone . My name is Ted . I like (喜欢) 46 very much and I often play sports with my friends after school . We play many kinds (种类) of 47 games . We all like playing 48 . We all have soccer balls . My friend Jack likes volleyball very much . He has four 49 . My friend Tim likes ping-pong and he can play it very 50 . He 51 six ping-pong balls . I like all the ball games 52 I can't play them all . I have a great 53 collection(收集) . I have four baseballs , seven tennis rackets , and two basketballs . There are 54 sports clubs in our school . We like 55 very much .( )46. A. sports B. game C. English( )47.A. balls B. ball C. school( )48.A. basketball B. soccer C. baseball( )49.A. volleyballs B. volleyball C. basketball( )50.A. well B. good C. nice( )51.A. have B. has C. is( )52.A. and B. but C. so( )53.A. sports B. class C. school( )54.A. no B. a C. many(许多)( )55.A. them B. it C. we十七I like my Chinese teacher very much. He is a 1 man, about 25 years old. He is tall 2 black short hair. He is a very humorous(幽默的) person. He often 3 us jokes(笑话) and 4 to make our class more 5 . In class, he is a very 6 teacher. If we don’t listen to him carefully, he will give us some punishment(惩罚) by 7 us some questions. But after class, he becomes a very good 8 of us. He often talks with the girls and plays 9 with the boys. All of us really like him. He is our 10 teacher.( )1. A. old B. young C. aged( )2. A. and B. for C. with( )3. A. tells B. to tell C. tell( )4. A. a story B. storys C. stories( )5 A. boring B. difficult C. interesting( )6. A. busy B. strict C. well( )7. A. ask B. asks C. asking( )8. A. teacher B. friends C. friend( )9. A. a basketball B. the basketball C. basketball( )10. A. favorite B. the favorite C. a favorite十八I have a good friend. 1 name is Mary. She 2 from America. She is 3 China with her father and mother. She can 4 a little Chinese. She is in the No. 15 Middle School in Shanghai. Her father and mother 5 . They are in the No. 50 Middle School. Mary is a good student. She 6 school five days a week. She 7 up early. She 8 to be late(迟到). She often goes to school very early. But today she got up late. So she got to the classroom at seven thirty. 9 there weren’t any students in the classroom. Sh e wasn’t late. She wa s still early. It was Saturday today. The students were all 10 .（New words：got是get的过去式；was是is的过去式；were是are的过去式）（）1．A．She B．He C．Her D．His（）2．A．come B．comes C．are D, go（）3．A．at B．in C．of D．from（）4．A．say B．tell C．talk D．speak（）5．A．is teacher B．are teachers C．is doctor D．are doctors（）6．A．is go B．is C．go to D．goes to（）7．A．like getting B．likes getting C．like get D．likes get（）8．A．like B．Likes C．don’t like D．doesn’t like（）9．A．And B．But C．So D．Too（）10．A．at home B．in home C．at school D. in school十九Jenny is my good friend. She is an 1 girl. She comes to China 2 her parents. She likes 3 very much, so she gets up early and 4 morning exercise, like running, jumping, playing 5 and so on. Then she has breakfast. She usually has eggs, milk and bread 6 breakfast. After breakfast, at around 7:30, she goes to school. She has six classes a day. Her favourite 7 are Chinese and Chinese history. Now the school year is over. She 8 go to school. Every year, she and her parents 9 back to America for Christmas Day (圣诞节) on December 25th. She 10 a good time with her grandparents and cousins.( ) 1. A. America B. American C. English D. England( ) 2. A. with B. and C. has D. have ( ) 3. A. play sports B. playing sports C. do sports D. play sport( ) 4. A. has B. plays C. makes D. does( ) 5. A. the basketball B. the piano C. basketball D. piano( ) 6. A. for B. to C. on D. at( ) 7. A. days B. clothes C. subjects D. sports( ) 8. A. needs not B. doesn’t need to C. doesn’t need D. needn’t to( ) 9. A. goes B. comes C. come D. go( ) 10. A. is B. takes C. has D. have二十One day there was an argument（争论）between the wind and the sun. “ I’m much 1 than you, ”said the wind.“No, I don’t agree with you!”said the sun. While they were arguing, they saw a man 2 along the road. He is wearing a heavy coat. The sun said to the wind, “Now, let 3 see who can make the man take 4 his coat. Then we will know who is stronger.”First the wind tried. It began to blow very hard. It blew 5 hard that the man pulled （拉）his coat around him. The wind was 6 with the man. Then it said to the sun，“Now, it’s your 7 . ”The sun started to 8 on the man. Soon it got very 9 ! The man took off his coat. The argument was over. We know the 10 was stronger now.1.A. strong B. strongly C. stronger2.A. walking B. walk C. walks3.A. we B. our C. us4.A. up B. on C. off5.A. not B. so C. such6.A. sad B. happy C. angry7.A. way B. turn C. turns8.A. shines B. shine C. shining9.A. hot B. hotter C. hottest10.A. wind B. sun C. man二十一Scott works very long hours. He usually gets up at 17:00. He brushes his ______31______ and has a shower. Then he eats his breakfast. What a funny time to eat breakfast! ______32______ breakfast he plays his guitar, and then he goes to work. To get to work, he ______33______ the number 17 bus to a hotel. The bus usually takes him to work at 19:15. He works all ______34______. People love to listen to him! He gets home at 7:00, and he watches morning TV. He goes to bed at 8:30. Can you think ______35______ his job is?（）31. A. feet B. teeth C. shoes D. clothes（）32. A. At B. With C. Before D. After（）33. A. takes B. goes C. gets D. wants（）34. A. evening B. afternoon C. Morning D. night（）35. A. how B. why C. what D. when二十二Mr Bush comes from 1 .He is now 2 a middle school in our city. He has sixty students. He often says his class is too big and it is hard work for him to talk with every student 3 English. He enjoys 4 black tea and green tea. He likes Chinese food 5 ,too. He doesn't 6 drinking milk. He likes playing basketball, but he 7 play well. His son and I 8 in the same class. 9 name is James. Weare 10 .( )1.A. Canada B. Canadian C. a Canada D. a Canadian( )2.A. for B. on C. in D. to( )3.A. with B. in C. at D. for( )4.A. to drink B. drinks C. drink D. drinking( )5.A. very much B. very C. many D. much( )6.A. like B. likes C. liking D. to like( )7.A. isn't B. aren't C. don't D. doesn't( )8.A.be B. am C. is D. are( )9.A,My B. Your C. His D. Her( )10.A. a friend B. a friends C. friendly D. classmates二十三It is a good idea to 1 a small present when you go to a 2 party in England or the USA. Flowers are always nice,. or you may bring a bottle of wine 3 you know what the family 4 . You should arrive on time or 5 minutes late. Don't get there early. If you are going to be there 6 fifteen minutes late, you should call and tell the host and hostess(女主人).Try to relax(放松) at the dinner table. If you don't know 7 to use the fork(叉子), the knife, or the spoon(汤匙), just watch 8 and follow them. You can also ask someone next to you. If you like the food, say so. Of course, you will thank the host and the hostess 9 the meal and for their kindness. It's good to send a card or a “thank you” note the 10 day.（）1.A. bring B. take C. carry D. move（）2.A. breakfast B. lunch C. supper D. birthday（）3.A. when B. if C. so D. as（）4.A. eat B. eats C. drink D. drinks（）5.A. five B. ten C. five to ten D. one to five（）6.A. less than B. more than C. about D. for（）7.A. why B. how C. what D.when（）8.A. other B. the other C. others D. the others（）9.A. for B. of C. at D.about（）10.A. last B. tomorrow C. next D. later二十四This is a photo 46 a classroom. It’s a big room.In the photo, you can see a table, five 47 . You can see a teacher and two students, 48 .Three 49 are on the table. A pencil case is on the desk. Two pens and two rulers are in 50 pencil case. A backpack 51 behind a chair.The teacher is Miss Gao. 52 is English teacher. One student is David. 53 twelve. The other student is Simon. He is eleven. 54 are in Class 2, Grade7. They are good friends. 55 math teacher is Mr. Green. He is not here.46.A.to B.of C.for D.in47. A.desk and chair B.desks and chair C.desk and chairs D.desks and chairs48. A.too B.please C.yes D.OK49. A.book B.my books C.books D.the book50. A.the B.a C.my D./51. A.am B.are C.is D.does52. A.Her B. She’s C.Her’s D.She53. A.He B.He’s C.His D.His’.54. A.He is B. She is C. They D.They’re55. A.Hi B.Their C.Her D. They二十五A: Lucy, 1 the sweater under the tree?It's a blue sweater. Is it 2 ?B: No, it isn't. My 3 is reD．A: 4 sweater is it? Do you know?B: I think it looks like 5 . She can't 6 her sweater.A: 7 , Lily. Is this your sweater?C: 8 , Oh,yes,its mine.A: 9 . You must 10 it in the room.C: Yes, thank you .（）1． A．look like B．look after C．look at（）2． A．your B．yours C．your's（）3． A．blouse B．sweater C．clothes（）4． A．Whose B．What C．Which（）5． A．Lily B．Lucy's C．Lily's（）6． A．find B．see C．look（）7． A．All right B．I'm sorry C．Excuse me（）8． A．I don't know B．Let me see C．I can't see.（）9． A．Here you are. B．Here are you C．You are here（）10． A．let B．give C．put二十六I am 16 English boy.My 17 is Mike. I am twelve.My 18 name is Ann.Ann and I 19 students.My mother 20 a teacher. 21 a Chinese teacher.My brother’s name is 22 .He’s five. 23 father isn’t here.He’s 24 Xinjiang.I think my 25 is a good one.( )16.A.an B.a C.the D.－( )17.A.school C.home D.family( )18.A.sister B.sister’s C.sisters D.sisters’( )19.A.are B.is C.am D.like( )20.A.am B.are C.is D.have( )21.A.Her B.Hers C.She’s D.She( )22.A.Sue B.Lily C.Jim D.Kate( )23.A.Our B.We C.We’s D.We’re( )24.A.on B.in C.of D.at( )25.A.class B.family C.home D.school二十七Kate and Ann are good friends.They 26 sing.They 27 swimming .Kate likes English very much.Ann likes maths.They 28 in China now. They 29 to school five days a week.They play games on Thursdays.They stay 30 home on Sundays.They _31__two Chinese friends. 32 names are Li Lei and Han Meimei.They are all in 33 class. They like their school.They like China.They say, “The 34 people are very kind.The food is good, 35 .”( )26.A.may B.like C.can D.do( )27.A.can B.likes C.be D.like。
完整版)初中英语完形填空10篇
完整版)初中英语完形填空10篇A XXX XXX XXX。
He was on a bus and needed to get off。
So he stood up and rang the bell。
To ensure that the driver heard him。
he rang it twice。
but the bus didn't。
The XXX at him。
The conductor was very angry and spoke so fast that Henry didn't understand him。
The bus ped at the next bus。
and Henry got off。
As he got off。
he heard someone say。
"I think he's a foreigner." When Henry got home。
he told his wife about it。
"How many times did you ring the bell?" his wife asked。
"Twice," said Henry。
"Well。
that's the signal for the driver to。
" his wife explained。
"only the conductor needs to ring the bell twice。
That's why the conductor was so angry!" Henry nodded。
"I see," he said.Allan was feeling us as it was his first time XXX asked。
七年级英语完形填空60篇
Unit 1（一）Li li, look 1 the picture. It’s 2 picture of our classroom. In the picture, you can see some desks 3 chairs. 4 the blackboard, you can see two black and white cats. A map is 5 the door. It’s a map 6 Beijing. Under the 7 desk is a ball, but you can’t see it. The girl in the hat is my good friend Kate. She is a new student. She is 8 English girl. She looks 9 Lucy . But they aren’t 10 .( ). in B. at C. to D. on( ) B. an C. the D./( ) B. but C. and D. there( ). In B. Of C. At D. On( ) B. in C. under D. behind( ). of B. on C. in D. for( ). teacher B. teacher’s C. teachers’ D. of teacher( ). / B. the C. an D. a( ) B. after C. like D. the same( ). boys B. girls C. twins D. studentsUnit 2Jim and Tom are 1 .They look 2 same. They are 3 . They’re twelve. They are in No. 14 Middle 4 . They’re in the same 5 .But they 6 in the same room. Jim is in 7 301 and Tom is in Room 302 . 8 classmates all look 9 them. Now they are good 10 .( ). twin sister B. twins sisters C. twin brothers D. twins brothers( ). a B. an C. the D. ×( ). new B. new student C. a new student D. a new( ). school B. School C. schools D. Schools( ). class B. Class C. classes D. Classes( ). is B. isn’t C. are D. aren’t( ). room B. Room C. rooms D. Rooms( ). He B. His C. They D. Their( ). at B. like C. after D. to( ). friend B. friends C. student D. studentsI 1 a picture . It’s a picture 2 a school. 3 the picture you can see a school and some trees. You can see some boys and girls. They are 4 the trees. The school is a middle school . Look 5 these two boys. 6 they good friends 7 brothers8 is their teacherOh, sorry, I 9 10 .( ). is B. am C. are D. have( ). to B. or C. of D. and( ). In B. To C. On D. At( ). in B. on C. under D. behind( ). at B. of C. to D. like( ). Am B. Is C. Are D. Be( ). but B. of C. or D. and( ). How B. Who C. What D. Which( ). isn’t B. don’t C. am not D. aren’tUnit 3（一）My name is Li Hua . I’m thirteen. I’m a middle school student . I am 1 Class Five,Grade One. My English teacher 2 Mr Lin. He is 3 old teacher. I 4 a pen, a ruler and two 5 in my pencil-box. I have a bike, 6 .Liu Ping is in my class. She is a girl. We 7 good friends . She is not 8 today. I think she is at home, Look ! Here is a 9 .But it is not my book, I think it is 10 book.( ). in B. at C. do D. not( ). are B. am C. is D.×( ). a B. an C. this D. very( ). am B. think C. know D. have( ). boxes B. pencils C. buses D. desk( ). too B. or C. much D. very( ). have B. am C. are D. all( ). right B. where C. at home D. at school( ). licence B. book C. picture D. map( ). Liu Ping B. Liu Pings C. Liu Ping’s D. Liu Pings’（二）A picture 1 on my desk .This is a picture 2 Jim’s family. The man is Jim’s3 . A4 is behind Jim. She’s5 mother .6 teachers . A girl is7 thepicture, too. She is Jim’s sister . 8 name is Kate . Jim and Kate are in 9 same10 .But they 11 in 12 same grade . They look like 13 mother. They like 14 very much.They are all 15 .( )1. A. am B. is C. are D. be( )2. A. at B. of C. in D. on( )3. A. father B. mother C. sister D. brother( )4. A. boy B. girl C. man D. woman( )5. A. he B. his C. she D. her( )6. A. He’s B. she’s C. They’re D. We’re( )7. A. in B. on C. at D. of( ). She’s B. Her C. His D. Your( ). a B. an C. the D. some( ). school B. grade C. class D. team( ). is B. isn’t C. are D. aren’t( ). a B. an C. the D. some( ). his B. her C. our D. their( ). his B. her C. our D. their( ). English B. Englishes C. Chinese D. JapaneseUnit 4This is a 1 girl. 2 name is Wu Yan. 3 is twelve. She’s 4 No. 8 Middle School . She is in 5 .Bill is 6 American boy. 7 eleven . He is in Middle School, 8 . Miss Gao is 9 English teacher. She is a 10 teacher.( ). Chinese B. English C. American D. Japanese( ). His B. She’s C. He’s D. Her( ). She B. He C. I D. We( ). / B. on C. in D. a( ). Grade Two, Class One B. grade two, class oneC. Class one , grade twoD. Class One , Grade Two( ). a B. an C. the D. /( ). His B. Her C. He’s D. She’s( ). and B. too C. student D. teacher( ). they B. their C. your D. my( ). very good B. very C. old D. rightUnit 5Lucy , Tom, Mary and Jack put their coats 1 the table. They are white, blue ,red and black . We know that the 2 coats aren’t red and the girls’ aren’t black . What colour 3 Lucy’s coatI don’t 4 . But I know it is not blue . Jack says, “ 5 coat is white.” Then what colour are their coats?( ). on B. in C. over D. under( ). boy’s B. boys’ C. boys D. boy( ). is B. are C. do D. does( ). think B. know C. look D. have( ). I B. Me C. My D. MineLi Yanhui and Wang Fang are in 1 same school. They are in the same 2 , too, they are 3 .After class , they 4 games. 5 friends play 6 .Some play basketball, some play football , some fly 7 and some ride 8 .They 9 jump, swim and sing, too. They 10 all good students. They love their school.( ). a B. an C. the D.( ). room B. grade C. school D. desk( ). good student B. goods student C. goods students D. good students( ). play B. get C. want D. put( ). They B. Their C. Them D. Theirs( ). different game B. different gamesC. same game D. same games( ). kites B. bikes C. planes D. birds( ). planes B. birds C. kites D. bikes( ). likes B. are C. aren’t D. can( ). is B. are C. have D. likeJim has 1 sisters. 2 are Kate and Mary. Kate is twelve, 3 Mary is five. The 4 in the basin(盆) are wet(温的).The two sisters want to put them_ 5 the line. The shirt is 6 and the blouses are 7 . Jim is 8 9 today. The shirt in the basin is 10( ). two B. a C. no D. the( ). We B. They C. He D. She( ). and so B. or C. but D. so( ). sisters B. cloth C. clothes D. shirt( ). in B. on C. of D. under( ). Jim B. Jim’ C. Jim’s D. Jims’( ). their B. Kate and Mary’s C. Kate’s and Mary D. Kate’s and Mary’s( ). on B. in C. at D. of( ). shirt B. a shirts C. white shirt D. a new shirt( ). a old one B. old one C. his one D. his old oneUnit 6This is an 1 boy . He comes from London. His name is Jack. 2 thirteen. He is in 3 School. He is in 4 Four, Grade One. Alice is an 5 girl. She is 6 New York. She and Jack are in the 7 school , but they are in 8 classes. Mr Hu is 9 English teacher. He is a good teacher.He likes Alice and Jack and they like 10 ,too.( ). Chinese B. Japanese C. English D. America( ). She’s B. I’m C. He’s D. It’s( ). middle B. China C. Middle D. Mid( ). Row B. Number C. Class D. Team( ). English B. Number C. Japan D. American( ). come B. from C. to D. in( ). different B. same C. good D. middle( ). same B. two C. different D. one( ). a B. an C. they D. the( ). he B. his C. him D. herUnit 7My name is Bill. I’m 1 American boy. I’m twelve. I’m a student 2 a middle scho ol. I’m in Class 4, Grade 1. Li Lei my friend . We’re in the 3 class. He is eleven. Here is a picture of 4 family! 5 look at it .His father, the one behind the tree, is a policeman. His mother, the one in the red hat, is a teacher of Chinese. He has 6 sisters. They are twins. Their names 7 Fang Fang and Fang Ling. They have a cat. 8 name is Mimi. Look! It’s 9 the floor under the table.10 twins are middle school students, too. They are in different 11 . They look after 12 at school. We are good friends.( ). the B. a C. an D. /( ). to B. of C. behind D. under( ). same B. different C. one D. some( ). him B. her C. he D. his( ). Let us B. It’s C. Let D. It( ). five B. two C. three D. four( ). be B. is C. are D. am( ). It B. It’s C. Its’ D. Its( ). on B. in C. to D. behind( ). The B. / C. A D. And( ). team B. grade C. classes D. school( ). I B. my C. mine D. meIt’s four thirty. The students 1 Class 4 2 in the classroom. Li Lei and Jim 3 off their coats and 4 them on the chairs. They put their bags in the desks. They think it’s 5 to go and 6 games. Li Lei says, “Excuse me, Wei Fang, can you look 7 my coat and bag ”“ 8 ! I must go home.”( ). at B. in C. to D. near( ). are B. is C. am D. be( ). put B. take C. leave D. turn( ). put B. carry C. bring D. take( ). when B. you C. time D. for( ). see B. play C. do D. have( ). at B. for C. up D. after( ). Excuse me B. Sorry C. Certainly D. OKUnit 8This is 1 old picture of Mr Green’s family. 2 the picture we can 3 Mr Green, Mrs Green, 4 son Jim and daughter Kate. Jim is in a blue coat. Kate is 5 a black hat. Kate has a black cat.6 name is Mimi. Her hat looks7 her cat. Jim8 a bird. The name9 the bird 10 Polly.( ). an B. a C. the D.×( ). On B. In C. Near D. At( ). look B. finds C. see D. want( ). the B. a C. his D. their( ). in B. on C. wears D. has( ). Her B. His C. Its D. It’s( ). at B. like C. after D. the same( ). is B. have C. are D. has( ). is B. of C. to D. his( ). is B. of C. are D. isn’tBill and Sam 1 middle school students. They are both fourteen 2 . They are Young Pioneers. They are 3 Grade One. There are 4 classes in Grade One. Bill is in Class One, and Sam is in Class Six. In Sam’s class there are 5 students. Twenty-five students are girls. There are forty-three students in 6 class. Twenty students are boys. And There are thirty-four Young 7 in Bill’s class. In Sam’s class there are thirty 8 . Bill and Sam are good students, and they are good friends, 9 .They often help others 10 school things.( ). is B. are C. am D. have( ). year B. old C. years old D. year old( ). in B. on C. at D. from( ). five B. four C. two D. six( ). fourty-two B. fourty-five C. forty-five D. forty five( ). Sam’s B. Bill’s C. Sam D. Bill( ). Pioneers B. pioneers C. Pioneer D. Pionear( ). one B. one’s C. ones D. ones’( ). two B. all C. too D. both( ). for do B. do C. and to do D. with doUnit 9Look! There 1 many kites in the 2 . They are red, yellow, blue. I like 3 kites 4 much. But I can’t fly very 5 .My brother Peter can do 6 well. He often 7 me fly kites. We go out 8 our kites every Sunday. 9 my brother’s help , now I can fly 10 .( ). is B. are C. has D. have( ). the house B. my home C. sky D. wall( ). fly B. to fly C. flying D. flies( ). very B. so C. too D. as( ). good B. nice C. well D. high( ). them B. it C. this D. fly( ). helps B. help C. let D. ask( ). and B. take C. carry D. with( ). Under B. With C. For D. After( ). kite B. it C. kites D. themThis is the 1 room. It’s very nice. We can see a big window 2 the wall. Under the window we can see a big desk. A light and 3 flowers are on the desk. Near the desk we can see another small 4 . We can see a clock on it and two books 5 the floor. There is a ball under the big bed.There are some pictures 6 the wall. 7 are quite nice pictures. Look, 8 cats are under their beds, too.( ). twin B. twins C. twins’ D. twin’( ). on B. near C. in D. over( ). some B. any C. a little D. much( ). desk B. room C. chair D. bed( ). under B. behind C. on D. in( ). in B. on C. of D. under( ). It B. They C. Their D. Its( ). his B. our C. her D. theirI’m a boy. I’m twelve. I am 1 Ameri can. My name is Fred. Now I’m in Class Six, 2 , Middle School. My teacher is Miss Wang. I 3 a sister .Her name is Lucy. We are twins. We 4 the same . She is in 5 different school.I am 6 duty today. I can’t look fater my sister . At school I help the teacher 7 her map, ruler and picture 8 her desk. I tell my teacher everyone is here. But I’m 9 . Jim is not at school.I don’t know where he is. I 10 he is at home.( ). a B. an C. the D. ×( ). grade one B. grade One C. Grade One D. Grade one( ). have B. has C. to have D. having( ). are look B. looks C. look D. look at( ). an B. a C. × D. that( ). in B. on C. at D. for( ). to putting B. put C. puts D. putting( ). on B. at C. of D. near( ). right B. good C. wrong D. fine( ). think B. know C. thank D. doUnit 10This is Peter’s room. It’s 1 room. There are two maps 2 the wall. One is a map 3 China, the other is a map 4 the world(世界). There’s a desk in front of (在……前面) the window. There’s a clock 5 it. Near the 6 there’s a glass. There 7 some tea in it. There are two pens and some books 8 the desk , too.On the floor there’s a chair and a football under it. Peter studies 9 his room and he 10 his room very much.( ). a quite nice B. a very nice C. very a nice( ). on B. to C. in( ). on B. of C. at( ). in B. near C. of( ). in B. on C. under( ). desk B. clock C. window( ). are B. is C. am( ). in B. on C. behind( ). in B. of C. near( ). like B. looks like C. likesLi Lei, look 1 this picture. This is a 2 of a classroom. In the picture you can see chairs 3 desks. On the blackboard, you can see a tree. A map is 4 the door. The room is different from 5 classroom. Under the 6 desk, there is a football, 7 you can’t see it. The boy in thehat is my friend. Jack . He is a new student. He is 8 American. He looks 9 Kate. But they are not 10 .( ). in B. on C. at D. to( ). map B. picture C. room D. door( ). or B. but C. there D. and( ). behind B. in C. at D. of( ). yours B. my C. me D. mine( ). teacher’s B. teachers’ C. of teacher D. teacher( ). so B. or C. and D. but( ). a B. an C. the D. that( ). after B. at C. the same D. like( ). students B. boys C. twins D. girlsUnit 111 Miss Gao’s class there are2 students. There are twenty-four boys, and twenty-two girls.3 of the boys is4 . His name is Jim. All5 boys are Chinese . All of the Chinese students are Young Pioneers. In the class there are two6 girls. They are7 .8 names are Lily and Lucy. The other girls are Chinese. We are9 friends. There’s 10 difference, American-English-Chinese.( ). In B. At C. On D. About( ). forty six B. forty and six C. fourteen six D. forty-six( ). A B. An C. One D. Ones( ). England B. English C. Englishes D. Englandman( ). other B. others C. the other D. the others( ). America B. american C. Americas D. American( ). twins B. twin C. twines D. twinies( ). They B. Their C. Them D. theirs( ). All B. all C. alls D. Alls( ). not B. Not C. no D. NoLi Lei’s father 1 mother are both teachers. They teach 2 different schools. They go to school 3 bike everyday. They 4 home at seven o’clock in the morning and they get back 5 five o’clock 6 the afternoon. Li Lei and 7 sister study in the same school. They get back at five, too. They do 8 homework before supper. After supper they often 9 TV. They 10 at ten at night.( ). and B. but C. or D. so( ). at B. in C. on D. to( ). with B. by C. of D. on( ). go B. get C. leave D. getting( ). in B. at C. about D. to( ). in B. at C. on D. of( ). his B. her C. he D. she( ). his B. her C. our D. their( ). look B. read C. watch D. look at( ). leave home B. get home C. get up D. go to bedUnit 12Bruce likes playing 1 a river. But there 2 a river near his new house. He is not veryhappy.One day, he asks 3 mother,“ 4 a river near here?”“No, there 5 ”,his mother says, “But 6 new house has a garden”“I don’t like 7 ”says Bruce.One morning, his mother says “ 8 is a beautiful park near here. Bruce, and there 9 two pools in it. We’ll go there this afternoon.” Bruce is very happy.After lunch, Bruce and his mother 10 the park, and he plays in one of the pools. He has a very good time.( ). at B. to C. in D. from( ). isn’t B. is C. aren’t D. are( ). her B. his C. our D. their( ). There is B. Are there C. There are D. Is there( ). isn’t B. is C. aren’t D. are( ). your B. my C. our D. us( ). you B. me C. them D. it( ). They B. It C. This D. There( ). is B. are C. isn’t D. aren’t( ). go to B. comes to C. to D. comeThis is a 1 of our classroom. It’s a 2 .The 3 is white. The door and the 4 are green. The teacher’s desk and the 5 6 7 brown. Mike’s blue coat is on 8 chair. Lucy’s bag is 9 her chair. Two apples 10 on Bill’s desk.( ). door B. picture C. window D. map( ). new classroom B. old classroom C. new school D old school.( ). blackboard B. floor C. wall D. windows( ). windows B. chairs C. desks D. tables( ). students B. student’s C. student D. students’( ). chair B. desks C. tables D. bags( ). are B. is C. looks D. see( ). mine B. hers C. his D. yours( ). over B. behind C. to D. at( ). are B. is C. / D. amLi Lei is 1 student in No. 15 Middle Scholl. 2 school is big(大的). He is in 3 . His classroom 4 small (小的) but nice. Some flowers 5 on the teacher’s desk and some pictures are 6 the wall . Fifteen 7 and twenty-five 8 are in his are good 9 . They like 10 class.( ). am B. the C. a D. /( ). Her B. His C. My D. Your( ). Class 6 B. class 6 C. Six Class D. six class( ). are B. be C. is D. am( ). am B. is C. be D. are( ). behind B. at C. to D. on( ). women B. girls C. man D. teachers( ). boys B. girls C. sisters D. brothers( ). a student B. a students C. students D. teachers( ). our B. your C. her D. theirUnit 13Sunday 1 the favourite day for our family. My parents 2 not 3 work. My sister and I4 go to school . We5 at home and6 in the morning. In the afternoon, my sister and I7 out to buy some different things. My sister likes songs. She8 new tapes. I buy story books, a frisby , a kite and things9 that. We also buy some small gifts(礼物) for our parents. We 10 them. They love us very much. We live in a happy family.( ). is B. are C. comes D. goes( ). is B. are C. do D. does( ). on B. in C. do D. at( ). don’t B. doesn’t C. can’t D. aren’t( ). play B. go C. stay D. come( ). play B. playing C. to play D. plays( ). going B. go C. goes D. are( ) B. buying C. to buy D. buies( ). look like B. looks like C. likes D. like( ). love B. have C. has D. lovesLook at the picture. It’s 1 picture 2 a park(公园)。
初中英语完形填空10篇
初中英语完形填空100篇（三）21A stra nge thing happe ned to Henry yesterday. He was on a bus and to __1_. So he stood up andrang the bell. __2__ make sure the driver heard him, he rang it twice, but the bus __3__ stop.And the con ductor came and shouted __4__ him.The con ductor was __5 angry and spoke __6__ fast that Henry did n 'u ndersta nd __7__. The bus stopped at the next bus stop and Henry got off. As he got off he heard some one said, "I think he __8__ a foreigner. ”When Henry got __9__, he told his wife about it.“叫times did you ring the bell? ” his wife asked.Twice," said Henry.'Well, that 'sthe signal （信号）__11_ the driver __12__ on. " His wife explained, 6nly thecon ductor 13 to ring the bell twice. That S why the con ductor 14 so angry!Henry no（点头）.“15,” he said.dded1. A. got off B. gets off C. get off D. get on2. A.to B. at C. in D. with3. A. does n S B. don ' C. didn ' D. was n '4. A. in B. on C. of D. at5. A. so B. as C. at D. because6. A. so that B. that C. so D. why7. A. words B. a word C.speech D. song8. A. was B. is n't C. is D. am9. A. to home B. at home C. i n home D. home10. A. How ma ny B. How much C. How long D. How11. A. to B. at C. on D. for12. A. to go B. go C. went on D.goes13. A. allowed B. is allowed C. was allowed D. allow14. A. got B. gets C. is gett ing D. gotte n15. A. I seen B. I saw C.I see D. I did22Allan was worried. This was his first time to go traveling 1 . He didn S know how to findhis seat, 2 he went to the air hostess（空姐）and asked, Could you help me? I can t S nd my seat." The air hostess showed —3 ________________ the seat and told him _4 ____ and fasten the seatbelt（系好安全带）.She told Allan not to move about when the plane was going up. And she also said that Allan S ears might feel 5 strange, but he didn S need to 6 it because many people felt 7 that. When the pla ne was flying very high, Alla n could not sta nd up and walk around. He could 8 read books, n ewspapers or see films. The air hostess would _9 . food and drinks. Allan would enjoy the flight and —10 __ soon.1.A. by ship B. by air C. by car D. by bus2.A. yet B. or C. but D. so3.A. him B. me C. her D. he4.A. sta nd up B. sleep C. to sit dow n D . sit dow n5.A. a little B. little C. a bit of D . bit6.A worryi ng B. be worried C. worry about D.worry 7.A. i n B. for C. as D . like 8.A. neitherB. eitherC. bothD . also 9.A hold B. take C. bringD.carry 10. A. arrive home B. arrive to home C. get to home D.reach at home23What is the best way to study ? This is a very importa nt questi on. Some Chin ese stude ntsoften 1 very hard 2 long hours. This is a 3 habit （习惯）,but it is not a betterway to study . A good stude nt must 4 eno ugh sleep, eno ugh food and eno ugh rest. Every 5 you 6 to take a walk or play basketball or ping-pong or sing a song. When you7 __ to your studies, you 'l find yourself 8 than before and you 'llean more.Perhaps we can 9 that learning English is like taking Chinese medicine, we mean that like Chinese medicine, the effects （ 效果）of your study 10 slowly but surely. Learn every day and effects will come just like Chinese medicine. 1. A. play B. study C. sleep D. thi nk 2. A. at B. i n C. for D. with 3. A. best B. better C.good D. bad 4. A. have B. do C. want D. make 5. A. month B. week C.hour D. day 6. A. wa ntB.hopeC. needD. wish 7. A. begi n B. return C. go D. are 8. A. stro nger B. weaker C. strongD. week9. A. say B. guess C. talkD. know 10. A. return B. comeC. giveD. get24Mr. Gree n was ill and went to the hospital. A doctor __1 ___ and said, “ Well, Mr. Gree n, you are going to __2__ some injections, and you' ll feel much better. A nurse will £omeive youthe first one this evening, and then you ' ll 4__ get another one tomorrow evening. ” 5 a young nurse came to Mr. Green ' bed and said to him, “ lam going to give you your 6_ injectio n now, Mr. Green. Where do you want it?”The old man was __7_ . He looked at the nurse for a _8__, then he said, 9_ has ever let me choose thatbefore. Are you really going to let me choose now?”“ Yes, Mr. Gree n, ” the nurse an swered. She was in a hurry.“ Where do you wan t it?Well, the n, ” the old man an swelled"I want it i n your left arm, please.1. A. looked for himB. looked him overC. looked after him 2. A. get B. giveD. looked him up C. make D. hold 3. A. soB. butC. orD. and4. A. mustB. canC. had betterD. have to5. A. I n the morning B. In the after noon25Today was a very importa nt day. France played 1 Sen egal （塞内加尔）in the ope ning match of the World Cup. Soccer fans were very __2 _________________ atch ing the match on TV. To our great surprise, France was 3.Today football has become very 4 in China after a __5 _______ wait. “ China is in the WorldCup for the first time, 6 we should support them! "Said some people. In our school many stude nts enjoy 7 it. My 8 and I ofte n go to the football field after class.This after noon there was a 9 football match in our school. __10 _____ eam played aga instNo.1 Middle School. __11_ they were all very big and stron g, it was a __12__ game betwee n the two teams with the result 0-0 last time. Today our school played much __13 .In the first half of the match __14__ team kicked a goal, but in the sec ond, Li Ming from ourschool kicked a goal. We won 1- 0, at last. I ' 1m_ so 1 can ' t get to sleep tonight.1. A. with B. aga inst C. to D. at2. A. good at B. pleased to C. interested in D. bori ng in3. A. beate n B. knocked C. fought D. hit4. A. welcome B. popular C. useful D. usual5. A. 44-day B. 44-week C. 44-mo nth D. 44-year6. A. or B. but C. so D. yet7. A. buying B. play ing C. drinking D. looki ng8. A. stude nts B. teachersC. classmatesD pare nts 9. A. happy B. won derful C. funny D. famous 10. A. Their B. Her C. Your D. Our 11. A. Because B. And C. As D. Though 12. A. mistake B. luck C. draw D. game 13. A. better B. well C. vest D. worse 14. A. neither B. either C. both D. none 15. A. luckyB. pleasedC.unhappyD. worried26The computer is fast, and never makes a mistake, while people are too slow, and full of mistakes sometimes. That ' s1 people ofte n say whe n 2_ talk about computers. For over aquarter of a cen tury, scie ntists have bee n __3__ better and better computers. Now a computer can_4 a lot of __5__ jobs won derfully. It is 6 used in factories, hospitals, post offices and airports. A computer can report, decide and control in almost _7_ field. Many computer scientists are thinking of __8__ the computer“ think like a man. With the help of a person, a computer can _9_ pictures, write music, talk with people, playchess, recognize voices, translateC. I n the end 6. A. first 7. A. con fide nt 8. A. hour 9. A. Somebody B. one B. surprised B. mi nu tes B. Anybody10. A. with a smileC. in surpriseD. In the eveningC. twoD. sec ond C. full D. hu ngryC. yearD. mome ntC. NobodyD.people B. i n timeD. with tears in his eyesIanguages and so on. Perhaps computers will __10__ really think and feel. Do you think the people will be afraid__11_ they find that the computer is too clever to liste n to and serve the people? No, people will __12__ better use of the computers in __13__ future. Man is __14 ____________________________________ hemaster of the computer. The computer works on ly __15_ the help of man .It cannot take the place of man.1. A. that B. what C. how D. why2. A. we B. they C. you D. people3. A. lovi ng B. tak ing C. maki ng D. th in ki ng4. A. have B. get C. do D. offer5. A. everyday B. every day C. each day D. some day6. A. widely B. wide C. great D. deeply7. A. either B. all C. both D. every8. A. produci ng B. orderi ng C. maki ng D. buildi ng9. A. take B. look at C. draw D. put10.A. one day B. a day C. any day D. the other day11.A. whe n B. that C. how D. while12.A. chose B. get C. take D. make13.A. a B. an C. the D. /14.A. often B. never C. always D. sometimes15.A. with B. under C. by D. for27It was very cold that day. It was X，heavily and the ground was covered with =2 snow.The shepherd thought it was dangerous to =3_ the hill and it was difficult for the sheep to find some 4 there. So he decided to stay in the 5 room. He put some hay（干草）in a pen（围栏）_6= the sheep could eat it whe n they were __7 __ he dog, who felt cold outside, lay on the_8_ hay and soon went to sleep.At noon the sheep wan ted to eat the hay. They were _9_ afraid of the dog and _10_could get close to it. At last the __1_ sheep came to the hay. Before he started to eat, the dog heard it and opened his eyes. He barked（吠）loudly to =12_ him. The sheep ran away __13__.Looking at the unnatural（不近人情的）dog, the sheep began to talk __14_ .“ What a selfish自私的）dog! ” said one of the sheep. “ He cannot eat the hay, and yet refusesto __15_ those who can to eat!1. A. raining B. snowing C. blowi ng D. shi ning2. A. thick B. thin C. beautiful D.big3. A. play on B. live onC.climb up D. go to4. A. cake B. grass C. fruit D.vegetables5. A. cold B. cool C. hot D.warm6. A. i n order to B. so as to C. so that D.in order7. A. hungry B. sick C. full D.free8. A. hard B. soft C. thin D.wet9. A. both B. either C. all D.neither10. A. none B. n eitherC.anyD.some1 1 .A. smallest B. youn gest C.weakest D. stron gest12. A. meet B. greet C. warn D. receive13. A. easily B. happily C. sadly D. quickly 14. A. an grily B. happily C. quietly D. politely15. A. letB. askC. forgetD. allowMr. and Mrs. Harris had always spe nt their summer holidays in a small hotel at the seaside n ear their hometow n. One year, however （ 然而）,Mr. Harris made a lot of 1 in his bus in ess, 2_ they decided to go to a foreign country and stay at a really good 3.They flew to Rome, and 4 at a 5-star hotel late in the evening. They thought they would have to go to bed hun gry, because in that 5 hotel where they had bee n used to stay in the past, no meals were served （ 供应） 6 seven in the evening. They were 7 to be told that the hotel served dinner un til ten.“ Then what are the times 8 meals?“ Well,madam, we serve breakfast from from four to five, and di nner from six to ten. “ But that hardly _10 ” asked Mrs. Harris.seve n to eleve n, lunch from twelve to three, _9” said Mrs. Harris.1. A. mistakes B . time C. friends D. money2. A. but B.so C. though D. yet3. A. hotel B. place C. city D. restaura nt4. A. stayed B. got C. arrived D. reached 5. A. small B .big C. foreig n D. good 6. A. on B .after C. duri ng D. un til 7. A. tired B .in terested C. surprised D. worried 8. A. with B . on C. at D. of 9. A. drink B . tea C. beer D. food 10. A. takes29B .does C. hasD. leavesany time for us to see the city!Frie nds are very importa nt in our everydaylife. Everyone _1 friends. We all like tofeel close to some one. __2_ is nice to have a frie nd to talk, laugh, and do things with.sometimes we need to be alone. We don ' t always want people 4 . But we would feel Ionely ifwe 5 had a friend.No two people are 6 . Friends 7 don ' t get on wellThat doesn ' t meiaait they no Ion ger like each other. Most of the time they will make up （言归于好）and become 8 aga in.Sometimes friends move away. The n we feel very _ . We miss them very much, but we can 10 them and write to them. And we can new friends. It is encouraging tofind out how much we like new people whe n we get to know them.There ' s more good news for people who have friends. They live 12 than people who don ' t. WhyFriends can make us feel happy. 13— happy helps you stay well. Or it could be just done that some one cares. If some one cares about you, you take —14— care of —15—1. A. loves B. hates C. needs D. becomes2. A. It B. He C. There D. Someone3. A. Hardly B. Nearly C. Sudde nly D. Certai nly4. A. alone B. away C. all over D. around5. A. ever B. never C. justD. really 6. A. frien dly B. kindC. just the sameD. quite differe nt7 A. always B. sometimes C. often D. usually 8. A. frien dly B.good C. pleased D. friends 9.A. angryB. sadC.happyD. alone 10. A. call B. ask C. tell D. talk with 11. A. look for B. find C. make D. know 12. A. l onger B. shorter C. slower D. faster 13. A. Smelli ng B. Be ing C. Sounding D. Maki ng 14. A. less B. better C. little D. no 15. A. youB.yourC. yoursD. yourself30Suppose （假设）you are going to Bost on, and you 1 the citybefore. If some one 2 you about the in terest ing places in the city, you 3 to get some ideas of what you will see. But don ' t have a 4 idea of where these places are or of how to find 5 . However, 6 some one has a map of the city and 7 you the main roads and buildings, you may say, “ Oh, nowee . I can find my way with 8 trouble at all ” . Working in math issomewhat （有点儿） like trying to find your way9a new city. Perhapsthe words may tell you some _____ information and you have 10 it, but you can ' t see any clear road 11 the an swers.Maybe you 12 a kind of map of the main roads in maths 13__ you find your way. Explore （探究） what lies in maths, and 14 to findthe main roads. They will 15 you to the answer. If you can find the map ” the maths problems will be easily worked out. 1. A. are going to visit B. once visitedC. have n ever visitedD. have ever visit 2. A. an swers B. shows C. meets D. tells 3. A. begin B. like C. learn D. refuse 4. A. clever B. clear C. stra nge D. wrong5. A. some one B. Bost on C. them D. it6. A. if B. though C. whether D. since7. A. helps B. gives C. passes D. shows8. A. not B. no C. some D. much9. A. of10. A. thought over C. writte n dow nB. toC. in B. heard aboutD talked withD around11. A. with B. for C. ofD to12. A. need to have B. don ' t nee （C needn 't D. in n eed of13. A. help 14. A. try your best C. look upB. to helpC. helps D help with B. take your placeD walk on15. A. keep B. send C. lead D. ask。
初中英语完形填空13篇及答案详解
七年级下完形填空完形填空( 1 )Carol and susan are very good friends they are in the same _1_ at school and they often visit _2_ home at weekends (周末). Now they are _3_ eight years old. Carol's mother has got a new baby. Carol is very _14_ to have a little sister. so she is always talking about her to susan. At first she is very _5_ in the new baby because she doesn't have any brothers or sisters. But _6_ some time she begins to get tired of Carol's endless talking (喋喋不休地谈论) about it. She also fells a little jealous (嫉妒) of her friend.One morning when the two girls _7_ in the school ground, Carol says to susan, "Do you_8_,Sue, my baby sister has put on nearly half a pound in weight (体重增加了半磅) this week.""That is not very _9_." answers Susan. "I know a baby and he puts on ten pounds a day.""Oh, that can't be _10_." answers Carol laughingly. "Whose baby is it?" "An elephant's" saysSusan.1. a. grade b. table c. class d. group2. a. each other's b. their c. theirs d. each other3. a. all b. two c. both d. either4. a. angry b. sorry c. surprised d. glad5. a. interesting b. interested c. happy d. satisfied6. a. before b. for c. after d. at7. a. play b. meet c. weight d. walk8. a. hear b. think c. find d. know9. a. much b. many c. few d. little10. a. impossible b. wrong c. true d. sure完形填空( 3 )bob and sue are in the same school, 1they are in different 2 . they go to school on weekdays. 3 school , bob and sue often play games with 4 friends.classes begin 5eight in the morning. now bob and sue are in their classrooms. they are listening to their 6 . bob's studying english. his teacher is talking 7 english. sue's 8 a chinese class. her teacher is talking 9 writing. they study hard. they love their teachers and they like their10.l. a. but b. and c. or d. when2. a. classes b. class c. lesson d. lessons3. a. in b. when c. to d. at4. a. his b. her c. other d. their5. a. about b. in c. at d. on6. a. friends b. father c. teacher d. teachers7. a. with b. at c. in d. for8. a. having b. listening c. getting d. sitting in9. a. at b. about c. for d. like10. a. home b. family c. school d. clothes完形填空( 4 )it is the _1_ day of a new term. everyone _2_ very happy. they came to school early. _3_ new english teacher is mr hu. he _4_ to his students. "welcome _5_ to school." mr hu _6_ know their names. but he has _7_ on a piece _8_ paper(纸). he wants to call their names. after that, a boy comes in, he is _9_. mr hu asks him to come to school _10_ next time.() 1. a. first b. one c. the first d. 1th() 2. a. are b. be c. is d. look() 3. a. it’s b. his c. their d. our() 4. a. says b. speaks c. doesn’t say d. wants() 5. a. back b. you c. us d. it() 6. a. do b. isn’t c. doesn’t d. /() 7. a. it b. them c. him d. that() 8. a. of b. to c. in d. on() 9. a. early b. tall c. short d. late() 10. a. back b. early c. earlier d. late完形填空( 5 )mr. black1england. he works in a middle school. he likes2in china a lot. he has two children. they are3him in china. and they are in4school. what do they like 5china? they say they like chinese food very much.1. a. from b. comes from c. come from d. be from2. a. working b. works c. work d. to working3. a. and b. of c. at d. with4. a. same b. a same c. the same d. two same5. a. about b. with c. / d. of完形填空( 6 )there are nineteen boys and twenty-eight girls in our class. 1 of the boys is english. his 2is sam. he's thirteen. two of the 3 are american. they are twins. 4 names are jane and joy. they are twelve. they are my 5 . all of the other boys and girls are 6. 7 all like the english boy and the american girls , 8 they like us, too. we play games together(一起). we help 9and they help us.look, there come the twins! they're 10 this way. let's say hello to them.l. a. one b. two c. three d. four2. a. school b. sister c. brother d. name3. a. brothers b. sisters c. girls d. boys4. a. your b. their c. our d. her5. a. teachers b. friends c. brothers d. students6. a. chinese b. english c. american d. friends7. a. they b. we c. them d. our8. a. but b. or c. and d. so9. a. her b. them c. him d. you10. a. come b. go c. coming d. going完形填空( 7 )this is my bedroom. i can see _1_ pictures on the wall. the light is _2_ the desk. the football is _3_ the chair. _4_ is the bed? it's near the table.my father and _5_ bedroom is near my bedroom. _6_ flowers and a bed _7_ in their room. some windows are _8_ the wall. a yellow door is in the wall, _9_.i like my bedroom and they like _10_.1. a. a b. one c. an d. some2. a. under b. on c. in d. behind3. a. on b. under c. to d. for4. a. who b. what c. which d. where5. a. sister b. mother c. mother's d. sisters6. a. the b. the c. some d. some7. a. is b. are c. isn't d. am8. a. on b. behind c. in d. under9. a. also b. there c. here d. too10. a. also b. theirs' c. them d. their room完形填空( 8 )1is2english boy.3name is jim. he is 12. he has4cat.5 name is mimi. how old is6? i think it is 3 . jim is a student (学生). he is7school today.8is here today.1. ____2. ____3. ____4. ____5. ____6. ____7. ____8. ___完形填空( 9 )this is our classroom. it is _1_ nice big room. the windows _2_ big and the walls are white. there is a blackboard _3_ the front (前面的) wall. on the back wall there is a map. it is a map _4_ china.there is a big desk. it is _5_ the teacher. there _6_ forty small desks and chairs in the room. they are for _7_.what's on the _8_ desk? there are some flowers. _9_ are for our teacher. we like _10_. she isa good teacher.1. a. an b. a c. the2. a. is b. am c. are3. a. on b. in c. under4. a. for b. in c. of5. a. of b. for c. in6. a. is b. are c. be7. a. our b. ours c. us8. a. teacher b. teacher's c. a teacher's9. a. it b. they c. you10. a. her b. hers c. him完形填空( 10 )a well-dressed man goes l a restaurant a day. he sits down at a table near the window.a waiter comes up to 2 and says, "can i help you, sir?" the man says, "can i see the menu?" "certainly. "the man wants a good meal. he wants a lot of nice 3 . the waiter gets them for him. the man is having his 4 . at that time a boy comes in and sits down beside the man. he asks the 5 to give him an ice cream. the man does so. now the boy is eating his ice cream. the man is saying, "i go out 6 a newspaper."then he goes out. after the boy eats his ice cream up. the boy7 and goes to the door. "8 , your father hasn't given the money for the meal and your ice cream. "the waiter stops him and says."father? you're 9.he isn't my father. i don't 10 him. i meet him in the street. he says he will give me an ice cream if i come here at twelve o'clock. "1. a. in b. out c. into d. onto2. a. him b. it c. his d. them3. a. dish b. dishes c. plates d. bowls4. a. cakes b. drink c . supper d. meal5. a. man b. father c . waiter d. boy6. a. with b .for c. to d .at7. a. sits down b. gets up c. stands up d. comes down8. a. excuse me b .sorry c. hello d. hi9. a. good b. right c. well d. wrong10. a. like b. know c. help d. ask完形填空( 11 )one day, a grandmother stays at home with her 14-month-old grandson. he is __1__ with her yellow car key（钥匙）. at that time, the phone rings __2__ the grandmother goes to answer the phone. after the grandmother comes __3__, she can’t find the key. s he thinks that the little boy puts __4__ somewhere（在某处）.she looks __5__ it in the room, but she can’t find it anywhere. then she has a __6__ idea（主意）. the grandmother __7__ the child a blue key and pretends（假装）not to look. after a few __8__ the boy goe s into his grandmother’s bedroom and he carefully puts __9__ blue key under her bed, next to the yellow __10__.1. a. playing b. carrying c. putting2. a. because b. and c. but3. a. down b. out c. back4. a. it b. them c. that5. a. at b. after c. for6. a. well b. good c. bad7. a. gives b. buys c. draws8. a. minutes b. days c. weeks9. a. a b. an c. the10. a. phone b. key c. shoes完形填空( 12 )carol and susan are very good friends they are in the same _1_ at school and they often visit _2_ home at weekends (周末). now they are _3_ eight years old. carol's mother has got a new baby. carol is very _14_ to have a little sister. so she is always talking about her to susan. at first she is very _5_ in the new baby because she doesn't have any brothers or sisters. but _6_ some time she begins to get tired of carol's endless talking (喋喋不休地谈论) about it. she also fells a little jealous (嫉妒) of her friend.one morning when the two girls _7_ in the school ground, carol says to susan, "do you _8_, sue, my baby sister has put on nearly half a pound in weight (体重增加了半磅) this week.""that is not very _9_." answers susan. "i know a baby and he puts on ten pounds a day.""oh, that can't be _10_." answers carol laughingly. "whose baby is it?" "an elephant's" says susan.1. a. grade b. table c. class d. group2. a. each other's b. their c. theirs d. each other3. a. all b. two c. both d. either4. a. angry b. sorry c. surprised d. glad5. a. interesting b. interested c. happy d. satisfied6. a. before b. for c. after d. at7. a. play b. meet c. weight d. walk8. a. hear b. think c. find d. know9. a. much b. many c. few d. little10. a. impossible b. wrong c. true d. sure完形填空( 13 )it was sunday. i never get up early _1_ sundays. i sometimes stay _2_ until lunch time. last sunday i _3_ very late. i looked _4_ the window. it was dark outside. "what a day!" i thought. "it _5_ again." just then the telephone _6_. it was my aunt lucy. "i've just arrived _7_ train," she said, "i am coming to _8_ you.""but i'm still having breakfast." i said."what are you doing?" she said."i'm having _9_," i repeated."dear me," she said, "do you always get up so _10_? it is one o'clock."1. a. for b. on c. at d. in2. a. at bed b. in a bed c. one a bed d. in bed3. a. went to work b. stood up c. got up d. was4. a. out of b. at c. from d. up5. a. was fine b. is rained c. was dark d. is raining6. a. called b. came c. rang d. stopped7. a. by b. on c. with d. in8. a. ask b. help c. see d. look for9. a. tea b. breakfast c. supper d. lunch10. a. soon b. slowly c. early d. late答案一[答案及解析]1、选c。
(精选)初一英语完形填空含答案解析(50篇)
初中英语完型填空50篇附答案解析1． British people are famous for apologizing （道歉） in almost every situation．（1）A we are apologizing for asking a question， for our bad weather or we sneeze before others （打喷嚏）， we are probably the number﹣one nation for apologies．We pride ourselves on our polite （2）C in public． As a result， we use the word "sorry" quite a lot﹣even when we don't really （3）A it! Usually， if you want to ask someone for the time， you would start by saying "Sorry to bother you． Do you know the time？" If you're five minutes late for an appointment （约会）， you would generally （4）D the person by saying "Sorry， I'm late!"We use the word "sorry" in so many different situations that the meaning of the word has slightly （5）D over time． The two main dictionary definitions （定义） of "sorry" are：feeling sad for someone else because of their problems or feeling regret because you've done something wrong．Usually，when you want to ask a stranger a question，you （6）A with "Sorry to disturb you．" In this situation， we aren't saying sorry because we feel sad for that person or because we feel regret．So what does "sorry" really mean？ Well， in the British （7）C， saying "sorry" is a way to be polite， especially to people who you don't know very well． It's also a very （8）way to get what you want．（9）D， an actor asked different people on a rainy day if he could use their mobile phones．When he asked one group of strangers without apologizing first， he was only 9 per cent successful in borrowing their phones．（10）， when he apologized to another group about the bad weather before asking if he could use their mobile phones， he was 47 per cent successful． So maybe saying "sorry" is not just being polite， but it is also a good method to get what you want too!（1）A． When B． Whether C． Before D． Though（2）A． activities B． conversations C． manners D． discussions（3）A． mean B． enjoy C． accept D． use（4）A． tell B． face C． remind D． greet（5）A． developed B． appeared C． improved D． changed（6）A． start B． lead C． reply D． go（7）A． history B． tradition C． culture D． habit（8）A． safe B． clever C． brave D． true（9）A． Finally B． Usually C． Mostly D． Recently（10）A． Otherwise B． However C． Instead D． Moreover【分析】本文简述了英国人以向人道歉而著名．我们可能问题问题，天气不好等情况而道歉．我们也因我们在公共场所礼貌而骄傲．所以我们使用了大量的sorry．【解答】（1）A．考查连词．句意：当我们因为问问题，天气不好或在别人面前打喷嚏而向人道歉，我们成为道歉头号国家。
初中英语完形填空五篇
A strange thing happened to Henry yesterday. He was on a bus and to __1__. So he stood up and rang the bell. __2__ make sure the driver heard him, he rang it twice, but the bus __3__ stop. And the conductor came and shouted __4__ him.The conductor was __5__ angry and spoke __6__ fast that Henry didn’t understand __7__. The bus stopped at the next bus and Henry got off. As he got off he heard someone said, “ I think he __8__ a foreigner.”When Henry got __9__, he told his wife about it.“ __10__ times did you ring the bell” his wife asked.“ Twice,” said Henry.“ Well, that’s the signal (信号) __11__ the driver __12__ on.” His wife explained, “only the conductor __13__ to ring the bell twice. That’s why the conductor __14__ so angry!”Henry nodded（点头）. “ __15__,” he said.1. A. got off B. gets off C. get off D. get on：2. B. At C. In D. with3. A. doesn’t B. don’t C. didn’t D. wasn’t4. A. in B. on C. of D. at5. A. so B. as C. at D. because6. A. so that B. that C. so D. why7. A. words B. a word C. speech D. song8. A. was B. isn’t C. is D. am9. A. to home B. at home C. in home D. home、10. A. How many B. How much C. How long D. How11. A. to B. at C. on D. for12. A. to go B. go C. went on D. goes13. A. allowed B. is allowed C. was allowed D. allow14. A. got B. gets C. is getting D. gotten15. A. I seen B. I saw C. I see D. I did^Allan was worried. This was his first time to go traveling 1 . He didn’t know how to find his seat, 2 he went to the air hostess(空姐) and asked, “Could you help me I can’t find my seat.”The air hostess showed 3 the seat and told him 4 and fasten the seat belt(系好安全带). She told Allan not to move about when the plane was going up. And she also said that Allan’s ears might feel 5 strange, but he didn’t need to 6 it. because many people felt 7 that. When the plane was flying very high, Allan could stand up and walk around. He could8 read books, newspapers or see films. The air hostess would__9__ food and drinks. Allan would enjoy the flight and 10 soon.. by ship B. by air C. by car D. by bus. yet B. or C. but D. so. him B. me C. her D. he. stand up B. sleep C. to sit down D. sit down. a little B. little C. a bit of D. bitworrying B. be worried C. worry about D. worry-. in B. for C. as D. like. neither B. either C. both D. alsohold B. take C. bring D. carry10. A. arrive home B. arrive to home C. get to home D. reach at homeWhat is the best way to study This is a very important question. Some Chinese students often 1 very hard 2 long hours. This is a 3 habit (习惯),but it is not a better way to study . A good student must 4 enough sleep, enoughfood and enough rest. Every 5 you 6 to take a walk or play basketballor ping-pong or sing a song. When you 7 to your studies, you’ll find yourself8 than before and you’ll lean more.Perhaps we can 9 that learning English is like taking Chinese medicine,we mean that like Chinese medicine, the effects(效果) of your study 10 slowlybut surely. Learn every day and effects will come just like Chinese medicine. <1. A. play B. study C. sleep D. think2. A. at B. in C. for D. with3. A. best B. better C. good D. bad4. A. have B. do C. want D. make5. A. month B. week C. hour D. day6. A. want B. hope C. need D. wish7. A. begin B. return C. go D. are8. A. stronger B. weaker C. strong D. week[9. A. say B. guess C. talk D. know10. A. return B. come C. give D. getMr. Green was ill and went to the hospital. A doctor __1__ and said, “Well,Mr. Green, you are going to __2__ some injections, and you’ll feel much better.A nurse will come __3__ give you the first one this evening, and then you’ll __4__get another one tomorrow evening.” __5__ a young nurse came to Mr. Gr een’s bedand said to him, “I am going to give you your __6__ injection now, Mr. Green. Wheredo you want it”The old man was __7__. He looked at the nurse for a __8__, then he said, “__9__has ever let me choose that before. Are you really going to let me choose now”“Yes, Mr. Green,” the nurse answered. She was in a hurry. “Where do you wantit”“Well, then,” the old man answered __10__ “I want it in your left arm, please.”#1. A. looked for him B. looked him overC. looked after himD. looked him up2. A. get B. give C. make D. hold3. A. so B. but C. or D. and4. A. must B. can C. had better D. have to5. A. In the morning B. In the afternoonC. In the endD. In the evening6. A. first B. one C. two D. second;7. A. confident B. surprised C. full D. hungry8. A. hour B. minutes C. year D. moment9. A. Somebody B. Anybody C. Nobody D. people10. A. with a smile B. in timeC. in surpriseD. with tears in his eyesToday was a very important day. France played __1__ Senegal (塞内加尔) in the opening match of the World Cup. Soccer fans were very __2__ watching the match on TV. To our great surprise, France was __3__.$Today football has become very __4__ in China after a __5__ wait. “China is in the World Cup for the first time, __6__ we should support them!” Said some people. In our school many students enjoy __7__ it. My __8__ and I often go to the football field after class.This afternoon there was a __9__ football match in our school. __10__ team played against Middle School. __11__ they were all very big and strong, it was a __12__ game between the two teams with the result 0-0 last time. Today our school played much __13__.In the first half of the match __14__ team kicked a goal, but in the second, Li Ming from our school kicked a goal. We won 1-0, at last. I’m so __15__. I can’t get to sleep tonight.1. A. with B. against C. to D. at2. A. good at B. pleased to C. interested in D. boring in3. A. beaten B. knocked C. fought D. hit4. A. welcome B. popular C. useful D. usual5. A. 44-day B. 44-week C. 44-month D. 44-year<6. A. or B. but C. so D. yet7. A. buying B. playing C. drinking D. looking8. A. students B. teachers C. classmates D parents9. A. happy B. wonderful C. funny D. famous10. A. Their B. Her C. Your D. Our11. A. Because B. And C. As D. Though12. A. mistake B. luck C. draw D. game13. A. better B. well C. vest D. worse14. A. neither B. either C. both D. none15. A. lucky B. pleased C. unhappy D. worried。
初中完形填空100篇
01Passage 1I am 1 girl. I am twelve. I am 2 school. 3 name is Zhang Hua. I am in 4 .I am 5 Row Five. Jim is 6 English boy. He is eleven. He and I 7 in the same class. He is my friend . We 8 good friends. 9 is my teacher, Miss Gao. 10 is a good teacher.( )1.A. an B. the C. × D. a( )2.A. at B. in C. and D. or( )3.A. I B. My C. He D. You( )4.A. Graed One, Class One B. grade one, class one.C. Class One, Grade OneD. class one , grade one( )5.A. at B. or C. in D. and( )6.A. an B. a C. the D. ×( )7.A. is B. am C. be D. are( )8.A. are B. am C. is D. be( )9.A. What B. This C. He D. You( )10.A.He B. I C. She D. YouPassage 2Today we have 1 new students in 2 school. 3 are Chinese. 4 names are Liu Mei and Liu Fang. 5 twins. They 6 the same. 7 in Class One, Grade One. 8 is Liu Mei? 9 is Liu Fang? Oh, they are over 10 .( )1.A. one B. two C. three D. four( )2.A. my B. your C. our D. we( )3.A. they B. we C. They D. We( )4.A.They B. My C. His D. Their( )5.A. They’re B. He’s C. We D. Their( )6.A. see B. look C. is D. are( )7.A. We B. Its C. They’re D. These( )8.A. She B. That C. He D. Who( )9.A.Who B. He C. She D. That( )10.A. here B. at C. there D. inPassage 3Jim Green and I 1 twin brothers. We are 2 .Lucy King is 3 English girl . We’re in the same 4 . She is eleven. 5 are twelve. We’re good friends and 6 . Our Chinese 7 is Miss Gao. She’s a nice teacher. We all 8 her.( )1.A. am B. is C. are D. be( )2.A. America B. American C. America D. american( )3.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )4.A. class B. classes C. Class D. Classes( )5.A. I B. He C. They D. We( )6.A. classmate B. a classmate C. classmates D. a classmates( )7.A. teacher B. student C. teachers D. students( )8.A. are B. love C. put D. seePassage 4I am 1 English boy. My 2 is Mike. I am twelve. My 3 name is Aun and we4 students. My mother5 a teacher.6 a Chinese teacher. My brother’s name is7 . He’s five.8 father isn’t here. He’s9 Xinjiang. I think my 10 is a good one.( )1.A. a B. an C. the( )2.A. school B. name C. home( )3.A. sister B. sister’s C. sisters( )4.A. are B. am C. is( )5.A. am B. is C. are( )6.A. Her B. Hers C. She’s( )7.A. Sue B. Lily C. Jim( )8.A. Our B. We C. Ours( )9.A. on B. in C. at( )10.A. class B. family C. home02Passage 1This girl 1 twelve. 2 name is Kate. That boy 3 thirteen. 4 name is Tom.5 teacher6 a woman.7 name is Wang Fen.8 is a good teacher. Kate and Tom are good9 . 10 are also good students.( )1.A. be B. am C. is D. are( )2.A. My B. Your C. His D. Her( )3.A. be B. am C. is D. are( )4.A. His B. Your C. My D. Her( )5.A. They’s B. They’re C. They D. Their( )6.A. am B. is C. are D. be( )7.A. His B. Her C. She’s D. He’s( )8.A. She’s B. He’s C. She D. He( )9.A.friend’s B. friends C. friend D. friends’( )10.A.They B. They’re C. their D. themPassage 2Li li, look 1 the picture. It’s 2 picture of our classroom. In the picture, you can see some desks 3 chairs. 4 the blackboard, you can see two black and white cats. A map is 5 the door. It’s a map 6 Beijing. Under the 7 desk is a ball, but you can’t see it. The girl in the hat is my good friend Kate. She is a new student. She is 8 English girl. She looks 9 Lucy . But they aren’t10 .( )1.A. in B. at C. to D. on( )2.A.a B. an C. the D./( )3.A.or B. but C. and D. there( )4.A. In B. Of C. At D. On( )5.A.at B. in C. under D. behind( )6.A. of B. on C. in D. for( )7.A. teacher B. teacher’s C. teachers’ D. of teacher( )8.A. / B. the C. an D. a( )9.A.at B. after C. like D. the same( )10.A. boys B. girls C. twins D. studentsPassage 3Jim and Tom are 1 .They look 2 same. They are 3 . They’re twelve. They are in No. 14 Middle 4 . They’re in the s ame 5 .But they 6 in the same room. Jim is in 7 301 and Tom is in Room 302 . 8 classmates all look 9 them. Now they are good 10 .( )1.A. twin sister B. twins sisters C. twin brothers D. twins brothers( )2.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )3.A. new B. new student C. a new student D. a new( )4.A. school B. School C. schools D. Schools( )5.A. class B. Class C. classes D. Classes( )6.A. is B. isn’t C. are D. aren’t( )7.A. room B. Room C. rooms D. Rooms( )8.A. He B. His C. They D. Their( )9.A. at B. like C. after D. to( )10.A. friend B. friends C. student D. studentsPassage 4I 1 a picture . It’s a picture 2 a school. 3 the picture you can see a school and some trees. You can see some boys and girls. They are 4 the trees. The school is a middle school . Look 5 these two boys. 6 they good friends 7 brothers? 8 is their teacher? Oh, sorry, I 9 10 .( )1.A. is B. am C. are D. have( )2.A. to B. or C. of D. and( )3.A. In B. To C. On D. At( )4.A. in B. on C. under D. behind( )5.A. at B. of C. to D. like( )6.A. Am B. Is C. Are D. Be( )7.A. but B. of C. or D. and( )8.A. How B. Who C. What D. Which( )9.A. isn’t B. don’t C. am not D. aren’t( )10.A.do B. look C. know D. meet03Passage 1My name is Li Hua . I’m thirteen. I’m a middle school student . I am 1 Class Five,Grade One. My English teacher 2 Mr Lin. He is 3 old teacher. I 4 a pen, a ruler and two 5 in my pencil-box. I have a bike, 6 .Liu Ping is in my class. She is a girl. We 7 good friends . She is not 8 today. I think she is at home, Look ! Here is a 9 .But it is not my book, I think it is 10 book.( )1.A. in B. at C. do D. not( )2.A. are B. am C. is D.×( )3.A. a B. an C. this D. very( )4.A. am B. think C. know D. have( )5.A. boxes B. pencils C. buses D. desk( )6.A. too B. or C. much D. very( )7.A. have B. am C. are D. all( )8.A. right B. where C. at home D. at school( )9.A. licence B. book C. picture D. map( )10.A. Liu Ping B. Liu Pings C. Liu Ping’s D. Liu Pings’Passage 2This is my bedroom. You can see 1 pictures on the wall. A nice light is 2 the desk.A football is 3 the chair. 4 is the bed? It’s near the window.My father and 5 bedroom is near my bedroom. 6 flowers and a nice big bed 7 in their room. Some windows are 8 the wall. A yellow door is in the wall, 9 .Do you like my bedroom and 10 ?( )1.A. a B. an C. one D. some( )2.A. in B. on C. under D. behind( )3.A. to B. in C. for D. under( )4.A. Who B. How C. What D. Where( )5.A. brother B. mother C. brothers D. mother’s( )6.A. the B. some C. The D. Some( )7.A. am B. is C. are D. isn’t( )8.A. behind B. under C. in D. on( )9.A. of B. too C. here D. there( )10.A. them B. their C. their’s D. their roomPassage 3A picture 1 on my desk .This is a picture 2 Jim’s family. The man is Jim’s3 . A4 is behind Jim. She’s5 mother .6 teachers . A girl is7 the picture, too. She is Jim’s sister .8 name is Kate . Jim and Kate are in9 same 10 .But they 11 in 12 same grade . They look like 13 mother. They like 14 very much. They are all 15 .( )1. A. am B. is C. are D. be( )2. A. at B. of C. in D. on( )3. A. father B. mother C. sister D. brother( )4. A. boy B. girl C. man D. woman( )5. A. he B. his C. she D. her( )6. A. He’s B. she’s C. They’re D. We’re( )7. A. in B. on C. at D. of( )8.A. She’s B. Her C. His D. Your( )9.A. a B. an C. the D. some( )10.A. school B. grade C. class D. team( )11.A. is B. isn’t C. are D. aren’t( )12.A. a B. an C. the D. some( )13.A. his B. her C. our D. their( )14.A. his B. her C. our D. their( )15.A. English B. Englishes C. Chinese D. JapanesePassage 4Lucy is an 1 girl. She is thirteen . She is my classmate. She is a good girl and we 2 good friends. Mr Wang is 3 Chinese teacher. He is a good teacher. Lucy has a sister. 4 name is Lily. 5 is not in our class . She is in Class Two. 6 Chinese teacher is Mr Li.. He is a good teacher, too.( )1.A. America B. England C. American D. China( )2.A. am B. are C. have D. all( )3.A. we B. us C. our D. they( )4.A. Her B. He C. She D. His( )5.A. She B. Her C. It D. I( )6.A. His B. Me C. Who D. Her04Passage 11 name is Chen Gang. I’m2 Chinese boy. I3 twelve. I4 English. I’m in5 . I’m in Class Seven, Grade One. My6 name is Miss Gao. She is a good teacher.7 school I have a friend. 8 name is Ma Qiang.This is a photo of my 9 .That man is my father. 10 is thirty-nine. The woman is my mother , she is thirty-seven. The girl is my sister .She is ten. That boy is me.( )1.A. I B. My C. Me D. His( )2.A. a B. an C. the D. /( )3.A. is B. am C. are D. /( )4.A. like B. likes C. look like D. look for( )5.A. No. 1 middle school B. No.1 Middle schoolC. No.1 middle SchoolD. No.1 Middle School( )6.A. teachers B. teacher’s C. teachers’ D. teacher( )7.A. at B. in C. At D. In( )8.A. He B. His C. Her D. she( )9.A. home B. school C. family D. bedroom( )10.A. he B. He C. It’s D. ItPassage 2Tom: Hello ! Lin Tao. Lin Tao: 1 ! Tom.Tom: How are you? Lin Tao: 2 , 3 . 4 you?Tom: I’m fine, 5 .Lin Tao: Look! My teacher, Mr Chen is coming.Lin Tao: Good morning ! Mr Chen. Mr Chen: Good morning ! Lin Tao.Lin Tao: Mr Chen, 6 is my friend, Tom. Tom, this is my teacher, Mr Chen.Tom: Hello. Mr Chen. Nice 7 meet you !Mr Chen: Hello! Nice to meet you, 8 . Welcome 9 our school.Tom: 10 very much.( )1.A. Good morning B. Good afternoon C. Hello D. Oh( )2.A. fine B. I fine C. Fine D. I’m Fine( )3.A. Thank B. thank C. Thanks D. thanks( )4.A. How B. And C. Are D. and( )5.A. too B. to C. two D. now( )6.A. He B. he C. This D. this( )7.A. too B. × C. to D. two( )8.A. too B. to C. two D. please( )9.A. too B. to C. come D. you( )10.A. Thank you B. Thank C. like D. OKPassage 3This is a 1 girl. 2 name is Wu Yan. 3 is twelve. She’s 4 No. 8 Middle School . She is in 5 .Bill is 6 American boy. 7 eleven . He is in No.8 Middle School, 8 . Miss Gao is 9 English teacher. She is a 10 teacher.( )1.A. Chinese B. English C. American D. Japanese( )2.A. His B. She’s C. He’s D. Her( )3.A. She B. He C. I D. We( )4.A. / B. on C. in D. a( )5.A. Grade Two, Class One B. grade two, class oneC. Class one , grade twoD. Class One , Grade Two( )6.A. a B. an C. the D. /( )7.A. His B. Her C. He’s D. She’s( )8.A. and B. too C. student D. teacher( )9.A. they B. their C. your D. my( )10.A. very good B. very C. old D. rightPassage 4A: Hello, Dick! Nice to 1 you again.B: Hello, Li Yang. 2 3 Jim. He is new.C: 4 to 5 you.A: Glad to meet you, too.B: She’s 6 Class One, 7 .A: Oh, 8 ! We’re in the same(相同的) class.( )1.A. meet B. meat C. see D. ×( )2.A. That B. This C. He D. She( )3.A. are B. am C. is D. ×( )4.A. glad B. Glad C. Nice D. nice( )5.A. meet B. see C. Meet D. See( )6.A.× B. at C. in D. In( )7.A.× B. also C. too D. to( )8.A. OK B. Good C. good D. OK05Passage 1Li Hua is 1 good friend. We are 2 No.12 Middle School. We come to school at seven 3 and go back home 4 five o’clock in the afternoon. We 5 a map in 6 classroom. It is 7 .It is 8 wall.Miss Zhao is our teacher . She is 9 teacher. We all like 10 very much.( )1.A. I B. me C. my D. mine( )2.A. in B. after C. under D. behind( )3.A. at morning B. in the morning C. on the morning D. on morning( )4.A. on B. in C. at D. about( )5.A. are B. have C. look D. like( )6.A. our B. ours C. we D. us( )7.A. a map of China B. China map C a map of Chinese D. Chinese map( )8.A. in a B. on a C. in the D. on the( )9.A. good B. ours C. English D. an English( )10.A. She B. her C. Hers D. teacherPassage 2Lucy , Tom, Mary and Jack put their coats 1 the table. They are white, blue ,red and black . We know that the 2 coats aren’t red and the girls’ aren’t black . What colour 3 Lucy’s coat? I don’t 4 . But I know it is not blue . Jack says, “ 5 coat is white.” Then what colour are their coats?( )1.A. on B. in C. over D. under( )2.A. boy’s B. boys’ C. boys D. boy( )3.A. is B. are C. do D. does( )4.A. think B. know C. look D. have( )5.A. I B. Me C. My D. MinePassage 3Li Yanhui and Wang Fang are in 1 same school. They are in the same 2 , too, they are 3 .After class , they 4 games. 5 friends play 6 .Some play basketball, some play football , some fly 7 and some ride 8 .They 9 jump, swim and sing, too.They 10 all good students. They love their school.( )1.A. a B. an C. the D.\( )2.A. room B. grade C. school D. desk( )3.A. good student B. goods student C. goods students D. good students( )4.A. play B. get C. want D. put( )5.A. They B. Their C. Them D. Theirs( )6.A. different game B. different games C. same game D. same games( )7.A. kites B. bikes C. planes D. birds( )8.A. planes B. birds C. kites D. bikes( )9.A. likes B. are C. aren’t D. can( )10.A. is B. are C. have D. likePassage 4Jim has 1 sisters. 2 are Kate and Mary. Kate is twelve, 3 Mary is five. The 4 in the basin(盆) are wet(温的).The two sisters want to put them_ 5 the line. The shirt is 6 and the blouses are 7 . Jim is 8 9 today. The shirt in the basin is 10( )1.A. two B. a C. no D. the( )2.A. We B. They C. He D. She( )3.A. and so B. or C. but D. so( )4.A. sisters B. cloth C. clothes D. shirt( )5.A. in B. on C. of D. under( )6.A. Jim B. Jim’ C. Jim’s D. Jims’( )7.A. their B. Kate and Mary’s C. Kate’s and Mary D. Kate’s and Mary’s ( )8.A. on B. in C. at D. of( )9.A. shirt B. a shirts C. white shirt D. a new shirt( )10.A. a old one B. old one C. his one D. his old one06Passage 1A: Excuse 1 ! 2 you Mr Read?B: Yes, I am. Are you little Jim?A: Yes.B: How 3 are you?A: I’m five.B: What’s three 4 one?A: 5 ?B: Yes, you are right. It’s four.( )1.A. I B. me C. he D. my( )2.A. Is B. × C. Are D. Am( )3.A. × B. old C. nice D. fine( )4.A. and B. minus C. to D.×( )5.A. One B. Two C. Three D. FourPassage 2This is an 1 boy . He comes from London. His name is Jack. 2 thirteen. He is in No.2 3 School. He is in 4 Four, Grade One. Alice is an 5 girl. She is 6 New York. She and Jack are in the 7 school , but they are in 8 classes. Mr Hu is 9 English teacher. He is a good teacher. He likes Alice and Jack and they like 10 ,too.( )1.A. Chinese B. Japanese C. English D. America( )2.A. She’s B. I’m C. He’s D. It’s( )3.A. middle B. China C. Middle D. Mid( )4.A. Row B. Number C. Class D. Team( )5.A. English B. Number C. Japan D. American( )6.A. come B. from C. to D. in( )7.A. different B. same C. good D. middle( )8.A. same B. two C. different D. one( )9.A. a B. an C. they D. the( )10.A. he B. his C. him D. herPassage 3I am a Chinese boy. 1 name is Li Ming. I am in No.10 Middle School. I am 2 Class4. My English teacher is 3 . My Chinese teacher is Mrs Fang. 4 are good teachers. I like them. I 5 a good friend. His name 6 Jack. He is 7 American boy. He is 8 . He is in my school, too. But he is in 9 . Mrs Fang is his Chinese teacher, too. Jack 10 her, too.( )1.A. I B. Me C. My D. Mine( )2.A. at B. on C. in D. of( )3.A. Miss B. Mr Gao C. Gao Miss D. mrs Li( )4.A. Their B. They C. We D. His( )5.A. am B. see C. think D. have( )6.A. are B. am C. is D. does( )7.A. an B. the C. a D. X( )8.A. three B. threeteen C. thirteen D. third( )9.A. Class 1 B. Grade one C. Class one D. Grade two( )10.A. like B. likes C. to like D. does likesPassage 4This is 1 Japanese girl. 2 name is Becky. 3 is eleven. She is now in China. She is 4 NO.9 Middle School. 5 in 6 4. Mr Hu is 7 teacher. 8 is a good 9 teacher. Now Becky can count in 10 .( )1.A. a B. an C. the D.×( )2.A. she B. her C. He D. Her( )3.A. She’s B. She C. He’s D. He( )4.A. for B. to C. at D. a( )5.A. She’s B. He’s C. She D. He( )6.A. grade B. class C. row D. Class( )7.A. She B. He C. her D. Her( )8.A. She B. He C. Her D. His( )9.A. China B. Japanese C. japan D. Chinese( )10.A. Chinese B. Japanese C. Japan D. China07Passage 1My name 1 Lily. I am eleven. I’m a new student in Class Six, 2 ,No.2 Middle School . My teacher is Miss Gao. She is 3 .But I’m 4 American girl. I have a sister.5 name is Lucy. We are twins.I am 6 duty this morning. I can’t look7 my sister. At school I help my teacher put books, maps and pictures on her 8 .I tell my teacher, “Everyone is here.” But I am 9 . Jim is not at school. I don’t 10 where he is. I think he is at home.( )1.A. am B. is C. are D. be( )2.A. Grade one B. grade One C. grade one D. Grade One( )3.A. English B. Japanese C. Chinese D. American( )4.A. a B. an C. the D.×( )5.A. Her B. She C. Her’s D. She’s( )6.A. on B. at C. in D. of( )7.A. here B. there C. at D. after( )8.A. desk B. chair C. bed D. book( )9.A. OK B. all right C. fine D. wrong( )10.A. think B. know C. do D. thankPassage 2My name is Bill. I’m 1 American boy. I’m twelve. I’m a student 2 a middle school. I’m in Class 4, Grade 1.Li Lei my friend . We’re in the 3 class. He is eleven. Here is a picture of 4 family! 5 look at it .His father, the one behind the tree, is a policeman. His mother, the one in the red hat, is a teacher of Chinese. He has 6 sisters. They are twins. Their names 7 Fang Fang and Fang Ling. They have a cat. 8 name is Mimi. Look! It’s 9 the floor under the table. 10 twins are middle school students, too. They are in different 11 . They look after 12 at school. We are good friends.( )1.A. the B. a C. an D. /( )2.A. to B. of C. behind D. under( )3.A. same B. different C. one D. some( )4.A. him B. her C. he D. his( )5.A. Let us B. It’s C. Let D. It( )6.A. five B. two C. three D. four( )7.A. be B. is C. are D. am( )8.A. It B. It’s C. Its’ D. Its( )9.A. on B. in C. to D. behind( )10.A. The B. / C. A D. And( )11.A. team B. grade C. classes D. school( )12.A. I B. my C. mine D. mePassage 3I’m Susan White. I am 1 American. I’m a new student 2 Hong Xing Middle School. I’m in Class Fifteen, 3 . My teacher is 4 . I have two friends here. They5 .They are6 .We are7 in8 school.Li Ping is 9 this morning. He helps the teacher put books, pictures 10 her room. He is a good boy.( )1.A. a B. on C. the D. ×( )2.A.in B. on C. to D. for( )3.A. One Grade B. grade 1 C. Grade One D. Grade one( )4.A. Miss yang B. Mr Jeff C. Miss Ann D. Mr King( )5.A. English B. are twelve C. good D. twelve( )6.A. twin B. twin sisters C. twins sisters D. twin sister( )7.A. all B. everyone C. both D. too( )8.A. same B. an C. the same D. good( )9.A. on duty B. in duty C. duty D. to duty( )10.A. to B. in C. like D. forPassage 4It’s four thirty. The students 1 Class 4 2 in the classroom. Li Lei and Jim 3 off their coats and 4 them on the chairs. They put their bags in the desks. They think it’s 5 to go and 6 games. Li Lei says, “Excuse me, Wei Fang, can you look7 my coat and bag ?”“ 8 ! I must go home.”( )1.A. at B. in C. to D. near( )2.A. are B. is C. am D. be( )3.A. put B. take C. leave D. turn( )4.A. put B. carry C. bring D. take( )5.A. when B. you C. time D. for( )6.A. see B. play C. do D. have( )7.A. at B. for C. up D. after( )8.A. Excuse me B. Sorry C. Certainly D. OK08Passage 1This is Jim. 1 is an 2 boy. He is 3 Class Two, Grade One. He’s 4 One. He’s in Row One. 5 Li Lan. 6 a Chinese 7 . She is eleven. She is in Class Two, Grade One, 8 She is Number Two. She is in Row One. Here’s Wang Jun. He is 9 .He’s eleven. He is in Class One , Grade Two. He is Number Three. He is in Row Two. Jim, Li Lan and Wang Jun are in the same(同一个) 10 .( )1.A. She B. He C. I D. It( )2.A. Chinese B. English C. Japanese D. School( )3.A. in B. at C. / D. here( )4.A. Row B. Picture C. Number D. Class( )5.A. This’s B. This C. That D. That’s( )6.A. She are B. She’s C. He’s D. Her is( )7.A. girl B. woman C. man D. boy( )8.A. and B. or C. too D. in( )9.A. an English B. Chinese boy C. a Chinese boy D. a Japanese girl( )10.A. school B. class C. Row D. gradePassage 21 afternoon, my uncle and aunt come to my family. Their2 comes here with them, too. Maria is my young sister. We are good3 .My4 are not at5 . They go to6 a doctor. So I phone them to7 back quickly(快点). My uncle and aunt8 me a new hat. Its9 is blue. I 10 it very much.( )1.A. Today B. This C. That D. It’s( )2.A. daughter B. son C. children D. cat( )3.A. friend B. sister C. friends D. classmates( )4.A. father B. mother C. teacher D. parents( )5.A. family B. home C. school D. time( )6.A. look for B. find C. see D. look( )7.A. go B. come C. look D. take( )8.A. bring B. take C. carry D. fetch(拿)( )9.A. name B. colour C. like D. face( )10.A. look B. look like C. am like D. likePassage 3This is 1 old picture of Mr Green’s family. 2 the picture we can 3 Mr Green, Mrs Green, 4 son Jim and daughter Kate. Jim is in a blue coat. Kate is 5 a black hat. Kate has a black cat. 6 name is Mimi. Her hat looks 7 her cat. Jim 8 a bird. The name 9 the bird 10 Polly.( )1.A. an B. a C. the D.×( )2.A. On B. In C. Near D. At( )3.A. look B. finds C. see D. want( )4.A. the B. a C. his D. their( )5.A. in B. on C. wears D. has( )6.A. Her B. His C. Its D. It’s( )7.A. at B. like C. after D. the same( )8.A. is B. have C. are D. has( )9.A. is B. of C. to D. his( )10.A. is B. of C. are D. isn’tPassage 4Bill and Sam 1 middle school students. They are both fourteen 2 . They are Young Pioneers. They are 3 Grade One. There are 4 classes in Grade One. Bill is in Class One, and Sam is in Class Six. In Sam’s class there are 5 students. Twenty-five students are girls. There are forty-three students in 6 class. Twenty students are boys. And There are thirty-four Young 7 in Bill’s class. In Sam’s class there are thirt y 8 . Bill and Sam are good students, and they are good friends, 9 .They often help others 10 school things.( )1.A. is B. are C. am D. have( )2.A. year B. old C. years old D. year old( )3.A. in B. on C. at D. from( )4.A. five B. four C. two D. six( )5.A. fourty-two B. fourty-five C. forty-five D. forty five( )6.A. Sam’s B. Bill’s C. Sam D. Bill( )7.A. Pioneers B. pioneers C. Pioneer D. Pionear( )8.A. one B. one’s C. ones D. ones’( )9.A. two B. all C. too D. both( )10.A. for do B. do C. and to do D. with do09Passage 1Look! There 1 many kites in the 2 . They are red, yellow, blue. I like 3 kites 4 much. But I can’t fly very 5 .My brother Peter can do 6 well. He often 7 me fly kites. We go out 8 our kites every Sunday. 9 my brother’s help , now I can fly10 .( )1.A. is B. are C. has D. have( )2.A. the house B. my home C. sky D. wall( )3.A. fly B. to fly C. flying D. flies( )4.A. very B. so C. too D. as( )5.A. good B. nice C. well D. high( )6.A. them B. it C. this D. fly( )7.A. helps B. help C. let D. ask( )8.A. and B. take C. carry D. with( )9.A. Under B. With C. For D. After( )10.A. kite B. it C. kites D. themPassage 2My name is Alice Green. I’m 1 American girl. I’m thirteen. I have two brothers. One is Jack, 2 is Tom. We go 3 school five days a week. We stay at home 4 Saturdays and Sundays. We are in 5 same school.My father is a worker. My mother is a teacher . Mother often 6 China is great and Chinese food is good. The Chinese people 7 very friendly.I like singing. My brother likes 8 , we all like 9 TV. What about you? Do you 10 like watching TV?( )1.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )2.A. another B. other C. the other D. the others( )3.A. × B. to C. the D. to the( )4.A. in B. on C. the D. ×( )5.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )6.A. say B. says C. speak D. speaks( )7.A. am B. is C. are D. be( )8.A. play B. playing football C. play the football D. playing the football( )9.A. watch B. see C. watching D. seeing( )10.A. also B. too C. to D. eitherPassage 3This is the 1 room. It’s very nice. We can see a big window 2 the wall. Under the window we can see a big desk. A light and 3 flowers are on the desk. Near the desk we can see another small 4 . We can see a clock on it and two books 5 the floor. There is a ball under the big bed. There are some pictures 6 the wall. 7 are quite nice pictures. Look, 8 cats are under their beds, too.( )1.A. twin B. twins C. twins’ D. twin’( )2.A. on B. near C. in D. over( )3.A. some B. any C. a little D. much( )4.A. desk B. room C. chair D. bed( )5.A. under B. behind C. on D. in( )6.A. in B. on C. of D. under( )7.A. It B. They C. Their D. Its( )8.A. his B. our C. her D. theirPassage 4I’m a boy. I’m twelve. I am 1 American. My name is Fred. Now I’m in Class Six, 2 ,No.12 Middle School. My teacher is Miss Wang. I 3 a sister .Her name is Lucy. We are twins. We 4 the same . She is in 5 different school.I am 6 duty today. I can’t look fater my sister . At school I help the teacher 7 her map, ruler and picture 8 her desk. I tell my teacher everyone is here. But I’m9 . Jim is not at school. I don’t know where he is. I10 he is at home.( )1.A. a B. an C. the D. ×( )2.A. grade one B. grade One C. Grade One D. Grade one( )3.A. have B. has C. to have D. having( )4.A. are look B. looks C. look D. look at( )5.A. an B. a C. × D. that( )6.A. in B. on C. at D. for( )7.A. to putting B. put C. puts D. putting( )8.A. on B. at C. of D. near( )9.A. right B. good C. wrong D. fine( )10.A. think B. know C. thank D. do10Passage 1This is Peter’s room. It’s 1 room. There are two maps 2 the wall. One is a map 3 China, the other is a map 4 the world(世界). There’s a desk in front of (在……前面) the window. There’s a clock 5 it. Near the 6 there’s a glass. There 7 some tea in it. There are two pens and some books 8 the desk , too.On the floor there’s a chair and a football under it. Peter studies9 his room and he 10 his room very much.( )1.A. a quite nice B. a very nice C. very a nice( )2.A. on B. to C. in( )3.A. on B. of C. at( )4.A. in B. near C. of( )5.A. in B. on C. under( )6.A. desk B. clock C. window( )7.A. are B. is C. am( )8.A. in B. on C. behind( )9.A. in B. of C. near( )10.A. like B. looks like C. likesPassage 2Jim and Bill are 1 .They are 2 twelve. They are American and they are in the same class 3 their school. 4 Li is 5 English teacher. He is a good 6 . They love 7 very much. They have two good 8 . 9 names are Lucy and Lily. They are 10 .( )1.A. teachers B. workers C. students D. twin( )2.A. both B. all C. too D. two( )3.A. at B. in C. of D. to( )4.A. Mr B. Mrs C. Miss D. Teacher( )5.A. a B. an C. their D. they( )6.A. worker B. teacher C. father D. mother( )7.A. her B. his C. he D. him( )8.A. friends B. students C. brothers D. sisters( )9.A. Their B. Our C. They D. They’re( )10.A. all American B. American girl C. America D. American teachersPassage 3Kate 1 John are students. They are in 2 Three. Kate is in Class Four. And John 3 in Class Two. 4 are forty-five students in Kate’s class. Twenty-five students 5 boys. There are fifty students in Jim’s 6 .Twenty-eight students are girls. They go to 7 at seven in the 8 , and go 9 at three in the 10 .( )1.A. or B. and C. with( )2.A.grade B. Class C. Grade( )3.A. is B. are C. be。
初中英语完形填空10篇
初中英语完形填空100篇（三）21A strange thing happened to Henry yesterday. He was on a bus and to __1__. So he stood up and rang the bell. __2__ make sure the driver heard him, he rang it twice, but the bus __3__ stop.And the conductor came and shouted __4__ him.The conductor was __5__ angry and spoke __6__ fast that Henry didn’t understand __7__. The bus stopped at the next bus stop and Henry got off. As he got off he heard someone said, “ I think he __8__ a foreigner.”When Henry got __9__, he told his wife about it.“ __10__ times did you ring the bell?” his wife asked.“ Twice,” said Henry.“ Well, that’s the signal (信号) __11__ the driver __12__ on.” His wife explained, “only the conductor __13__ to ring the bell twice. That’s why the conductor __14__ so angry!”Henry nodded（点头）. “ __15__,” he said.1. A. got off B. gets off C. get off D. get on2. A.to B. at C. in D. with3. A. doesn’t B. don’t C. didn’t D. wasn’t4. A. in B. on C. of D. at5. A. so B. as C. at D. because6. A. so that B. that C. so D. why7. A. words B. a word C. speech D. song8. A. was B. isn’t C. is D. am9. A. to home B. at home C. in home D. home10. A. How many B. How much C. How long D. How11. A. to B. at C. on D. for12. A. to go B. go C. went on D. goes13. A. allowed B. is allowed C. was allowed D. allow14. A. got B. gets C. is getting D. gotten15. A. I seen B. I saw C. I see D. I did22Allan was worried. This was his first time to go traveling 1 . He didn’t know how to find his seat, 2 he went to the air hostess(空姐) and asked, “Could you help me? I can’t find my seat.” The air hostess showed 3 the seat and told him 4 and fasten the seat belt(系好安全带). She told Allan not to move about when the plane was going up. And she also said that Allan’s ears might feel 5 strange, but he didn’t need to 6 it because many people felt 7 that. When the plane was flying very high, Allan could not stand up and walk around. He could 8 read books, newspapers or see films. The air hostess would__9__ food and drinks. Allan would enjoy the flight and 10 soon.1.A. by ship B. by air C. by car D. by bus2.A. yet B. or C. but D. so3.A. him B. me C. her D. he4.A. stand up B. sleep C. to sit down D. sit down5.A. a little B. little C. a bit of D. bit6.A worrying B. be worried C. worry about D. worry7.A. in B. for C. as D. like8.A. neither B. either C. both D. also9.A hold B. take C. bring D. carry10. A. arrive home B. arrive to home C. get to home D. reach at home23What is the best way to study ? This is a very important question. Some Chinese students often 1 very hard 2 long hours. This is a 3 habit (习惯), but it is not a better way to study . A good student must 4 enough sleep, enough food and enough rest. Every 5 you 6 to take a walk or play basketball or ping-pong or sing a song. When you 7 to your studies, you’ll find yourself 8 than before and you’ll lean more.Perhaps we can 9 that learning English is like taking Chinese medicine, we mean that like Chinese medicine, the effects(效果) of your study 10 slowly but surely. Learn every day and effects will come just like Chinese medicine.1. A. play B. study C. sleep D. think2. A. at B. in C. for D. with3. A. best B. better C. good D. bad4. A. have B. do C. want D. make5. A. month B. week C. hour D. day6. A. want B. hope C. need D. wish7. A. begin B. return C. go D. are8. A. stronger B. weaker C. strong D. week9. A. say B. guess C. talk D. know10. A. return B. come C. give D. get24Mr. Green was ill and went to the hospital. A doctor __1__ and said, “Well, Mr. Green, you are going to __2__ some injections, and you’ll feel much better. A nurse will come __3__ give you the first one this evening, and then you’ll __4__ get another one tomorrow evening.” __5__ a young nurse came to Mr. Green’s bed and said to him, “I am going to give you your __6__ injection now, Mr. Green. Where do you want it?”The old man was __7__. He looked at the nurse for a __8__, then he said, “__9__ has ever let me choose that before. Are you r eally going to let me choose now?”“Yes, Mr. Green,” the nurse answered. She was in a hurry. “Where do you want it?”“Well, then,” the old man answered __10__ “I want it in your left arm, please.”1. A. looked for him B. looked him overC. looked after himD. looked him up2. A. get B. give C. make D. hold3. A. so B. but C. or D. and4. A. must B. can C. had better D. have to5. A. In the morning B. In the afternoonC. In the endD. In the evening6. A. first B. one C. two D. second7. A. confident B. surprised C. full D. hungry8. A. hour B. minutes C. year D. moment9. A. Somebody B. Anybody C. Nobody D. people10. A. with a smile B. in timeC. in surpriseD. with tears in his eyes25Today was a very important day. France played __1__ Senegal (塞内加尔) in the opening match of the World Cup. Soccer fans were very __2__ watching the match on TV. To our great surprise, France was __3__.Today football has become very __4__ in China after a __5__ wait. “China is in the World Cup for the first time, __6__ we should support them!” Said some people. In our school many students enjoy __7__ it. My __8__ and I often go to the football field after class.This afternoon there was a __9__ football match in our school. __10__ team played against No.1 Middle School. __11__ they were all very big and strong, it was a __12__ game between the two teams with the result 0-0 last time. Today our school played much __13__.In the first half of the match __14__ team kicked a goal, but in the second, Li Ming from our school kicked a goal. We won 1-0, at last. I’m so __15__. I can’t get to sleep tonight.1. A. with B. against C. to D. at2. A. good at B. pleased to C. interested in D. boring in3. A. beaten B. knocked C. fought D. hit4. A. welcome B. popular C. useful D. usual5. A. 44-day B. 44-week C. 44-month D. 44-year6. A. or B. but C. so D. yet7. A. buying B. playing C. drinking D. looking8. A. students B. teachers C. classmates D parents9. A. happy B. wonderful C. funny D. famous10. A. Their B. Her C. Your D. Our11. A. Because B. And C. As D. Though12. A. mistake B. luck C. draw D. game13. A. better B. well C. vest D. worse14. A. neither B. either C. both D. none15. A. lucky B. pleased C. unhappy D. worried26The computer is fast, and never makes a mistake, while people are too slow, and full of mistakes sometimes. T hat’s __1__ people often say when __2__ talk about computers. For over a quarter of a century, scientists have been __3__ better and better computers. Now a computer can __4__ a lot of __5__ jobs wonderfully. It is __6__ used in factories, hospitals, post offices and airports. A computer can report, decide and control in almost __7__ field. Many computer scientists are thinking of __8__ the computer “think” like a man. With the help of a person, a computer can __9__ pictures, write music, talk with people, play chess, recognize voices, translatelanguages and so on. Perhaps computers will __10__ really think and feel. Do you think the people will be afraid __11__ they find that the computer is too clever to listen to and serve the people? No, people will __12__ better use of the computers in __13__ future. Man is __14__ the master of the computer. The computer works only __15__ the help of man. It cannot take the place of man.1. A. that B. what C. how D. why2. A. we B. they C. you D. people3. A. loving B. taking C. making D. thinking4. A. have B. get C. do D. offer5. A. everyday B. every day C. each day D. some day6. A. widely B. wide C. great D. deeply7. A. either B. all C. both D. every8. A. producing B. ordering C. making D. building9. A. take B. look at C. draw D. put10.A. one day B. a day C. any day D. the other day11.A. when B. that C. how D. while12.A. chose B. get C. take D. make13.A. a B. an C. the D. /14.A. often B. never C. always D. sometimes15.A. with B. under C. by D. for27It was very cold that day. It was __1__ heavily and the ground was covered with __2__ snow. The shepherd thought it was dangerous to __3__ the hill and it was difficult for the sheep to find some __4__ there. So he decided to stay in the __5__ room. He put some hay(干草) in a pen(围栏) __6__ the sheep could eat it when they were __7__. The dog, who felt cold outside, lay on the __8__ hay and soon went to sleep.At noon the sheep wanted to eat the hay. They were __9__ afraid of the dog and __10__ could get close to it. At last the __11__ sheep came to the hay. Before he started to eat, the dog heard it and opened his eyes. He barked(吠) loudly to __12__ him. The sheep ran away __13__. Looking at the unnatural(不近人情的) dog, the sheep began to talk __14__.“What a selfish(自私的) dog!” said one of the sheep. “He cannot eat the hay, and yet refuses to __15__ those who can to eat!”1. A. raining B. snowing C. blowing D. shining2. A. thick B. thin C. beautiful D. big3. A. play on B. live on C. climb up D. go to4. A. cake B. grass C. fruit D. vegetables5. A. cold B. cool C. hot D. warm6. A. in order to B. so as to C. so that D. in order7. A. hungry B. sick C. full D. free8. A. hard B. soft C. thin D. wet9. A. both B. either C. all D. neither10. A. none B. neither C. any D. some11. A. smallest B. youngest C. weakest D. strongest12. A. meet B. greet C. warn D. receive13. A. easily B. happily C. sadly D. quickly14. A. angrily B. happily C. quietly D. politely15. A. let B. ask C. forget D. allow28Mr. and Mrs. Harris had always spent their summer holidays in a small hotel at the seaside near their hometown. One year, however(然而) , Mr. Harris made a lot of 1 in his business, 2 they decided to go to a foreign country and stay at a really good 3 .They flew to Rome, and 4 at a 5-star hotel late in the evening. They thought they would have to go to bed hungry, because in that 5 hotel where they had been used to stay in the past, no meals were served (供应) 6 seven in the evening. They were 7 to be told that the hotel served dinner until ten.“Then what are the times 8 meals?” asked Mrs. Harris.“Well, madam, we serve breakfast from seven to eleven, lunch from twelve to three, 9 from four to five, and di nner from six to ten.”“But that hardly 10 any time for us to see the city!” said Mrs. Harris.1. A. mistakes B. time C. friends D. money2. A. but B. so C. though D. yet3. A. hotel B. place C. city D. restaurant4. A. stayed B. got C. arrived D. reached5. A. small B. big C. foreign D. good6. A. on B. after C. during D. until7. A. tired B. interested C. surprised D. worried8. A. with B. on C. at D. of9. A. drink B. tea C. beer D. food10. A. takes B. does C. has D. leaves29Friends are very important in our everyday life. Everyone 1__ friends. We all like to feel close to someone. __2__ is nice to have a friend to talk, laugh, and do things with. 3 , sometimes we need to be alone. We don’t always want people 4 . But we would feel lonely if we __5__ had a friend.No two people are 6 . Friends 7 don’t get on well. That doesn’t mean that they no longer like each other. Most of the time they will make up (言归于好) and become 8 again.Sometimes friends move away. Then we feel very 9 . We miss them very much, but we can 10 them and write to them. And we can __11 new friends. It is encouraging to find out how much we like new people when we get to know them.There’s more good news for people who have friends. They live __12__ than people who don’t. Why? Friends can make us feel happy. __13__ happy helps you stay well. Or it could be just done that someone cares. If some one cares about you, you take 14 care of 15 .1. A. loves B. hates C. needs D. becomes2. A. It B. He C. There D. Someone3. A. Hardly B. Nearly C. Suddenly D. Certainly4. A. alone B. away C. all over D. around5. A. ever B. never C. just D. really6. A. friendly B. kind C. just the same D. quite different7 A. always B. sometimes C. often D. usually8. A. friendly B. good C. pleased D. friends9. A. angry B. sad C. happy D. alone10. A. call B. ask C. tell D. talk with11. A. look for B. find C. make D. know12. A. longer B. shorter C. slower D. faster13. A. Smelling B. Being C. Sounding D. Making14. A. less B. better C. little D. no15. A. you B. your C. yours D. yourself30Suppose(假设) you are going to Boston, and you 1 the citybefore. If someone 2 you about the interesting places in the city, you __3 to get some ideas of what you will see. But don’t have a4__ idea of where these places are or of how to find 5 . However, 6__ someone has a map of the city and 7 you the main roads and buildings, you may say, “ Oh, now I see . I can find my way with 8__ trouble at all ”. Working in math is somewhat（有点儿）like trying to find your way 9 a new city. Perhaps the words may tell you some information and you have 10 it, but you can’t see any clear road 11 the answers.Maybe you 12 a kind of map of the main roads in maths 13__ you find your way. Explore（探究）what lies in maths, and 14 to findthe main roads. They will 15 you to the answer. If you can find the “map”, the maths problems will be easily worked out.1. A. are going to visit B. once visitedC. have never visitedD. have ever visit2. A. answers B. shows C. meets D. tells3. A. begin B. like C. learn D. refuse4. A. clever B. clear C. strange D. wrong5. A. someone B. Boston C. them D. it6. A. if B. though C. whether D. since7. A. helps B. gives C. passes D. shows8. A. not B. no C. some D. much9. A. of B. to C. in D around10. A. thought over B. heard aboutC. written down D talked with11. A. with B. for C. of D to12. A. need to have B. don’t need C needn’t D. in need of13. A. help B. to help C. helps D help with14. A. try your best B. take your placeC. look up D walk on15. A. keep B. send C. lead D. ask。
〖经典〗初一英语完形填空题(50篇)
初中英语完型填空50篇附答案解析1．When I was in primary school， I got into an argument（争论）with a boy in my class． I can't （1）D what it was about， but I have never forgotten the lesson I learned that day． I was sure that I was right and he was wrong and he was sure that I was wrong and he was right． The teacher （2）C to teach us a very important lesson． She （3） both of us to the front of the class and placed him on one side of her desk and me on the other．In the middle of her desk was a large，round object（物品）．I could see that it was black．She asked the boy what （4）C the object was． "White"， he answered．I couldn't believe he said the object was white，（5）A it was clearly black! Another argument started between my classmate and me，this （6）A about the color of the object．The teacher told me to go to stand where the boy was standing and told him to come to stand where I had been．We changed （7）C，and now she asked me what the color of the object was． I had to answer， "White"． It was an object with two （8） colored sides，and from his side it was white．Only from my side was the color black．My teacher taught me a very important lesson that day：You （9）stand in the other person's shoes and look at the situation （10）D their eyes in order to truly understand their view．（1）A． think B． believe C． remind D． remember（2）A． continued B． refused C． decided D． failed（3）A． told B． brought C． drove D． pushed（4）A． height B． shape C． color D． size（5）A． when B． unless C． until D． if（6）A． time B． year C． month D． day（7）A． answers B． seats C． places D． ideas（8）A． similarly B． differently C． beautifully D． surprisingly （9）A． will B． must C． shall D． may（10）A． behind B． across C． against D． through【分析】文章通过一个故事告诉我们要站在对方的立场上看问题，只有才能了解的全面．【解答】1．D 动词辨析．A想；B相信；C提醒；D记得；根据后面 I have never forgotten the lesson I learned that day．但从未忘记那天学到的一课，应该是关于什么的，记不住了，故答案是D．2．C 动词辨析．A继续；B拒绝；C决定；D失败；根据The teacher （2）to teach us a very important lesson老师应该是决定教我们重要的一课，故答案是C．3．B 动词辨析．A告诉；B带来；C开车；D推；根据She （3）both of us to the front ofthe class 后面说班级前面，应该是她带我们俩到班级前面，故答案是B．4．C 名词辨析．A高度；B形状；C颜色；D尺码；根据后面"White"，白色，应该是问是什么颜色的，故答案是C．5．A 连词辨析．A当…时；B除非；C直到；D如果；根据when表示既然，指众所周知的原因．既然这是黑色的，我难以相信他会说是白色，故答案是A．6．A 名词辨析．A时间；B年；C月；D天；根据上文，黑色的，说成白色的，所以又一次争论，这次是因为这物体的颜色，故答案是A．7．C 名词辨析．A答案；B座位；C地方；D主意；根据上句The teacher told me to go to stand where the boy was standing and told him to come to stand where I had been．老师让我站在男孩站的地方，让他站在我去过的地方，可知我们换了位置，故答案是C．8．B 副词辨析．A同样地；B不同地；C漂亮地；D惊奇地；根据上文作者看见的是黑色，这里 I had to answer， "White"．是白色，可知有不同的颜色，故答案是B．9．B 情态动词辨析．A将；B必须；C将；D可以；根据上文，不同的角度，有不同的观点，所以这里应该是必须站在别人的立场上，故答案是B．10．D 介词辨析．A在…后面；B（从表面）穿过；C反对；D（从内部）穿过，根据their eyes in order to truly understand their view以他们的视角，应该是穿过他们的眼睛，内部穿过，故答案是D．2．You want to run across the street to catch the bus which is leaving soon？But （36）C !You'd better not．If a policeman sees you，you' （11）have to pay a fine（罚款）．New traffic laws say that （37）A people cross the street when the light is red，they can be fined as much as （50）yuan．Traffic accidents （38） more than （104），（000）people in China last year．Chinese cities have more cars than ever．（39）and pedestrians（行人）must work together to make the streets safer．The law has new rules for drivers and pedestrians．Drivers have to （40）D when they are close to crosswalks．If people are in a crosswalk，cars must stop to let them pass．There are （41）C for bus drivers，too．If bus drivers smoke，drink or make phone calls while driving，policemen will fine them．Buses that carry too many people are （42）A against （违反）the law．Pedestrians will have to walk more （43）A under the new law．They must cross streets at crosswalks．Also，they shouldn't climb over the fences（隔离栏）to cross streets．If you see a hit﹣and﹣run，tell the police．They may give you a reward．And don't be （44）to help people to the hospital if they are hurt in an accident．Don't worry about money．The new law says that （45）D must take care of them even if they can't pay right away．36．A．hurry B．look C．wait D．listen37．A．if B．while C．so．D．though38．A．did B．killed C．died D．ran39．A．Parents B．Drivers C．Policemen D．Tourists40．A．get off B．keep going C．speed up D．slow down41．A．letters B．articles C．rules D．exercises42．A．also B．sometimes C．never D．often43．A．safely B．slowly C．quickly D．happily44．A．happy B．afraid C．sad D．great45．A．students B．teachers C．helpers D．doctors【分析】这是一篇记叙文，短文主要讲述了每年的交通事故都会让很多人死去，新的交通法规对机动车和行人都有了很多规则，这样就可以减少交通事故．也对乐于伸出援助之手的好心人减少了后顾之忧．【解答】36．C．考查动词．A匆忙．B看．C等．D听．句意"你想跑过马路去赶那辆即将离开的公共汽车吗？但__，你最好不要"．可知，应该是"等待"．选C．37．A．考查连词．A如果．B当…时候．C所以．D虽然．句意"___人们在__灯时横穿马路，就是罚款50元．"．可知，用if引导的条件状语从句，意思是"如果"．选A．38．B 考查动词，A．did 做B．killed杀害C．died死亡D．ran跑，根据Traffic accidents…more than （104，000）people in China last year，可知去年在中国有104，000人死于交通事故，故选B．39．B 考查名词，A．Parents父母B．Drivers驾驶员C．Policemen警察D．Tourists游客，根据and pedestrians（行人）must work together to make the streets safer．结合选项，推出句意：司机和行人必须一起努力维护交通安全，故选B．40．D 考查短语，A．get off下车 B．keep going一直走 C．speed up加速 D．slow down 减速，根据when they are close to crosswalks，可知在人行道上，司机必须减速，故选D．41．C．考查名词．A信．B文章．C规则．D练习．句意"对公交车司机也有着新的___．"．根据下一句If bus drivers smoke，drink or make phone calls while driving，they can be fined．如果公共汽车司机在开车时抽烟、喝酒或打电话，他们可能会被罚款．可知，应该是"规则"，选C．42．A 考查副词，A．also 也B．sometimes有时 C．never从不 D．often经常，根据Buses that carry too many people are …against（违反）the law，可知公交车司机也会违反交通规则，故选A．43．A 考查副词，A．safely安全地B．slowly慢地C．quickly快速地D．happily 幸福地，根据Pedestrians will have to walk more …under the new law，结合选项，推出句意：在新交规下，行人在路上行走时更要注意安全，故选A．44．B．考查形容词．A开心的．B害怕的．C伤心的．D伟大的．句意"不要__帮助受伤的人们去医院．"．可知，应该是不要"害怕"．选B．45．D 考查名词，A．students学生B．teachers老师C．helpers助理工人D．doctors医生，根据 help people to the hospital if they are hurt in an accident，可知在医院，病人没钱，医生也要抢救病号，故选D．3．A mother camel（骆驼）and a baby camel were lying around．（36）A the baby camel asked，"Mother，may I ask you some questions？""（37）!"said Mother．"Why，son？Is there anything （38）A with you？"Baby said，"Why do camels have humps（驼峰）？"Mother said （39）D，"Well son，we are desert animals，we need the humps to store（40）C and we are known to live without water．"Baby said，"Okay，then why are our （41）A long？"Mother said，still calmly（镇定地），"Son，clearly they are meant for（42）in the desert．You know with them we can move around the desert （43）C than anyone does!"Baby said，"Okay，then why are our eyelashes（睫毛）（44）？Sometimes they bother my sight．"Mother with （45） said，"My son，those long thick eyelashes can help make our eyes（46）D the desert sand and wind．"Baby said after（47）A，"I see．The hump is to store water （48）D we are in the desert，these eyelashes keep my eyes （49） and the legs are for walking．Then，Mum，（50）C are we staying in the zoo？What can we do here？"The story tells us：Skills，knowledge，abilities and experiences are only useful if you are at the right place．36．A．Suddenly B．Quickly C．Luckily D．Slowly37．A．Sorry B．Sure C．No D．Hello38．A．wrong B．interesting C．right D．good39．A．loudly B．happily C．sadly D．calmly40．A．food B．energy C．water D．salt41．A．legs B．eyes C．ears D．necks42．A．changing B．walking C．sleeping D．listening43．A．more B．less C．better D．farther44．A．short B．long C．black D．brown45．A．sadness B．pride（自豪）C．pleasure D．excitement46．A．look at B．look for C．tidy up D．stay away from47．A．thinking B．stopping C．shouting D．standing48．A．before B．after C．because D．when49．A．open B．safe C．closed D．bright50．A．where B．how C．why D．when．【分析】文中讲到的是小骆驼和妈妈的对话．小骆驼一共问了妈妈三个问题．从妈妈的回答里可以看出三个特点均有利于他们在沙漠里行走．知道这些之后，小骆驼问了最后一个问题，那就是为什么现在和妈妈在动物园里呢？【解答】36．A 副词辨析．A突然；B快速；C幸运地；C慢地；根据上句A mother camel （骆驼） and a baby camel were lying around一只母骆驼和一只小骆驼躺在一起，后面应该是突然问问题，故答案是A．37．B 感叹词辨析．A对不起；B当然；C不；D你好；根据上句may I ask you some questions？"我可以问一些问题吗？后面应该是当然，故答案是B．38．A 形容词辨析．A错；B有趣的；C对的；D好的；根据下文Why do camels have humps（驼峰）？"为什么骆驼有驼峰？应该是你有什么问题吗？故答案是A．39．D 副词辨析．A大声地；B开心地；C伤心地；D冷静地；根据下文still calmly仍然镇静地回答，这里应该是镇静地，故答案是D．40．C 名词辨析．A食物；B能量；C水；D盐；根据we need the humps to store及常识，当然是储存水，故答案是C．41．A 名词辨析．A腿；B眼睛；C耳朵；D脖子；根据下文You know with them we can move around the desert 你知道，有了他们我们可以在沙漠里四处走动，可知应该是腿长，故答案是A．42．B 动词辨析．A改变；B步行；C睡觉；D听；根据Son，clearly they are meant for （42）in the desert，及上句腿长，应该是在沙漠里走，故答案是B．43．C 形容词辨析．A更多；B更少；C更好；D更远；根据上句腿长，这里You know with them we can move around the desert （43）than anyone does!"，你知道，有了他们，我们可以比任何人都更好地在沙漠里走动！"故答案是C．44．B 形容词辨析．A短的；B长的；C黑色的；D棕色的；根据下文those long thick eyelashes can help make our eyes那些浓密的长睫毛能使我们的眼睛..可知为什么我们的睫毛长？故答案是B．45．B 名词辨析．A伤心；B自豪；C高兴；D兴奋；根据下句those long thick eyelashes can help make our eyes那些浓密的长睫毛能使我们的眼睛远离沙子，应该是自豪地说，故答案是B．46．D 动词辨析．A看；B寻找；C整理；D远离；根据those long thick eyelashes can help make our eyes那些浓密的长睫毛能使我们的眼睛，应该是远离沙子，故答案是D．47．A 动词辨析．A想；B停止；C喊；D站；根据Baby said after应该是想了一会说，故答案是A．48．D 连词辨析．A在…之前；B在..之后；C因为；D当..时；根据we are in the desert，these eyelashes keep my eyes safe我们在沙漠里，这些睫毛让我的眼睛安全，应该是when引导的时间状语从句，故答案是D．49．B 形容词辨析．A打开的；B安全的；C关闭的；D明亮的；根据上句那些浓密的长睫毛能使我们的眼睛远离沙子，这里these eyelashes keep my eyes 这些睫毛让我的眼睛安全，故答案是B．50．C 疑问词辨析．A哪儿；B怎样；C为什么；D何时；根据are we staying in the zoo？应该是为什么我们在动物园里？故答案是C．4．阅读下面短文，掌握大意，然后从A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳选项．Charlie Chaplin′s parents separated a year after his birth in 1889．He lived with his mother and elderbrother in a flat in London．Mrs．Chaplin managed to （1）A her children on her own with the money she made as a singer．（2）C，their economic（经济的） situation changed when she became ill with laryngitis （喉炎）in 1894．Instead of resting her （3）until it got better，Mrs．Chaplin kept on singing．Her voice got weaker and weaker and she began to find it （4） to find well﹣paid work．One evening Charlie happened to be in the theatre （5）D his mother singing on stage．Suddenly，her voice （6）．She tried to finish the song，but the audience（观众） began to whistle and got angry．Mrs．Chaplin could not continue any longer and walked （7）the stage crying．The stage manager knew he had to do something quickly to （8）the embarrassing situation．He remembered Charlie once sang at a party．He （9）C took Charlie by the hand to the stage．After a brief introduction，he left Charlie to please the audience．Charlie began to sing and dance in front of hundreds of people．The audience enjoyed the （10）D very much and began to throw money．（11）C Charlie saw this，he immediately stopped singing and announced to the audience that first he would （12）D the money and then he would finish the song．The audience found this announcement especially （13）A and started to throw even more money onto the stage．Charlie felt perfectly at home on stage．He did not feel （14）A at all and danced and sang more songs to the audience．To his amazement，there was more （15）D and more money throwing．That night was Charlie′s first public performance on the stage and his mother's last．（1）A．support B．leave C．ask D．face（2）A．Though B．So C．However D．Besides（3）A．sight B．voice C．smell D．hearing（4）A．easy B．difficult C．interesting D．boring（5）A．feeling B．keeping C．realizing D．watching（6）A．rested B．dropped C．broke D．raised（7）A．onto B．off C．towards D．around（ 8）A．create B．save C．continue D．explain（9）A．slowly B．patiently C．quickly D．coldly（10）A．thought B．description C．speech D．performance（11）A．If B．Till C．When D．Before（12）A．take out B．throw away C．put down D．pick up（13）A．funny B．lucky C．helpful D．painful（14）A．shy B．sad C．satisfied D．excited（15）A．trouble B．anger C．silence D．laughter【分析】本文是记叙文，说的是卓别林的首场演出的由来．卓别林的妈妈在舞台上唱歌赚钱养家糊口，但是由于患有喉炎，一次在舞台演出中无法继续唱歌．经理知道卓别林会唱歌．为了救场，他把卓别林拉上舞台．卓别林开始无拘无束地为观众唱歌跳舞，并得到了很多观众抛来的赏金．这就是卓别林的首场演出，也是他妈妈的最后一场演出．【解答】（1）A．考查动词．support 支持；leave 离开；ask询问；face面对．根据语境可知，卓别林太太努力独自用她唱歌赚的钱来养活自己的孩子．故选A．（2）C．考查副词．Though尽管；So因此；However然而；Besides包括．根据上文"Mrs．Chaplin managed to （1）her children on her own with the money she made as a singer"可知，卓别林太太努力独自用她唱歌赚的钱来养活自己的孩子．然而，当她于1894年患喉炎生病时，她们的经济情况改变了．故选C．（3）B．考查名词．sight 视力；voice声音；smell 气味；hearing听力．根据上文"2），their economic（经济的）situation changed when she became ill with laryngitis（喉炎）in1894"可知，然而，当她于1894年患喉炎生病时，她们的经济情况改变了．卓别林太太没有让自己的嗓子休息，而是继续唱歌．故选B．（4）B．考查形容词．easy容易的；difficult困难的；interesting有趣的；boring无聊的．根据语境可知，她的声音越来越微弱，并且她发现难以找到薪酬很好的工作．故选B．（5）D．考查动名词．feeling 感觉；keeping 保持；realizing 意识到；watching观看．根据语境可知，一天晚上，卓别林碰巧在剧院看他妈妈在舞台上唱歌．故选D．（6）B考查动词．rested休息；dropped 跌落；broke打破；raised举起．根据下文"She tried to finish the song，but the audience（观众） began to whistle and got angry"可知，突然，她的声音降落下去．她试图唱完，但是观众开始吹口哨，并发怒．故选B．（7）B．考查介词．onto到……上面；off 离开；towards 朝向；around在……周围．根据语境可知，卓别林太太无法在继续唱下去，于是哭着走下舞台．故选B．（8）B．考查动词．create创造；save 节省（挽救）；continue 继续；explain解释．根据上文"Mrs．Chaplin could not continue any longer and walked （7）the stage crying"可知，卓别林太太无法在继续唱下去，于是哭着走下舞台．舞台经理知道他们必须立刻采取措施来挽救这种尴尬的情形．故选B．（9）C．考查副词．slowly慢慢地；patiently 耐心地；quickly 迅速地；coldly冷冷地．根据上文"The stage manager knew he had to do something quickly to （8）the embarrassing situation"可知，舞台经理知道他们必须立刻采取措施来挽救这种尴尬的情形．他迅速地抓着卓别林的手来到舞台．故选C．（10）D．考查名词．thought 想法；Description 描述；speech 演讲；performance表演（演出）．根据上文"Charlie began to sing and dance in front of hundreds of people"可知，卓别林开始在数百名观众前唱歌跳舞．观众非常喜欢他的演出，并开始往场子里扔钱．故选D．（11）C．考查连词．If 如果；Till 直到；When 当……的时候；Before在……之前．根据上文"The audience enjoyed the （10）very much and began to throw money"可知，观众非常喜欢他的演出，并开始往场子里扔钱．当卓别林看到这种场面时，他立刻停止唱歌，并对观众宣布……．故选C．（12）D．考查动词短语．take out 拿出；throw away 扔掉；put down 放下；pick up捡起．根据语境可知，他离开停下来，对观众宣布，他首先要把钱捡起，然后会继续唱完这首歌．故选D．（13）A．考查形容词．funny有趣的；lucky 幸运的；helpful 有帮助的；painful疼痛的．根据语境可知，观众发现这个声明非常有趣，于是开始往舞台上扔更多钱．故选A．（14）A．考查形容词．shy 害羞的；sad伤心的；satisfied 满意的；excited激动的．根据上文"Charlie felt perfectly at home on stage"可知，卓别林在舞台上感觉无拘无束．它根本没有感到害羞，并且为观众又跳又唱了很多．故选A．（15）D考查名词．trouble 麻烦；anger 怒气；silence 沉默；laughter笑声．根据语境可知，使他感到吃惊的是，笑声更多，钱也扔得更多了．故选D．5．Once upon a time，there was a little boy named Rakesh．He studied and lived in a boarding school （寄宿学校）．Every night he jumped over the wall and played outside．He（1）returned before dawn （黎明） and lay on his bed again，so no one knew that Rakesh went out at（2）COne night as usual，Rakesh found （3）D asleep．He decided to play outside again．He went into his teacher﹣Mrs．Green's room （4）and saw her （5）A on bed．Then Rakesh walked out towards the wall．Near the wall，there was a ladder in the bushes，he hid it there．He（6）D the ladders and he climbed up it，then jumped over the wall．（7）at that time his teacher was awake and saw him going out．（8）C got up and took away the（9）D from the wall．A few hours（10）C，Rakesh returned．In the dark，he tried to climb（11）from the wall．Sadly，there was no ladder，instead，Mrs Green was standing where the ladder was and waited for him．Rakesh was very（12）A to be punished （惩罚），but to his surprise，she just helped Rakesh to get onto the ground，said， "Rakesh，at least（13）C a warm coat with you when you go out at night．" Mrs．Green's（14）A made Rakesh know his own faults．He apologized （道歉） and never went out at night again．It is the（15）lesson that he has ever had．（1）A．never B．always C．seldom D．sometimes（2）A．daytime B．weekends C．night D．noon（3）A．someone B．anyone C．no one D．everyone（4）A．loudly B．quietly C．happily D．quickly（5）A．sleeping B．reading C．watching TV D．running（6）A．took care of B．took away C．took a look at D．took out（7）A．And B．But C．So D．Because（8）A．He B．They C．She D．It（9）A．bed B．chair C．bushes D．ladder（10）A．ago B．before C．later D．late（11）A．up B．down C．out D．in（12）A．afraid B．glad C．sorry D．surprised（13）A．buy B．bring C．take D．borrow（14）A．kindness B．illness C．happiness D．sadness（15）A．worst B．best C．furthest D．smallest【分析】文章主要讲述了有一个叫做Rakesh的男孩住在一所寄宿学校，每天晚上他都翻墙头到外面玩．他通常在黎明之前回来回到床上，没有人能发现．一天夜晚，他照常那么做．但是他的老师醒了，发现了他，把梯子拿走了．当他回来的时候，看到了他的老师，非常害怕老师批评他．但是老师没有批评他只是提醒他要多穿衣服，他知道他自己错了，这是他人生中最好的一堂课．【解答】（1）B．考查副词辨析，由下文的returned before dawn可知，他总是在黎明前回来再躺在床上，A从不，B总是，C很少，D有时候，故答案为B．（2）C．考查名词辨析，由上文的Every night可知，所以没有人知道Rakesh在夜晚的时候出去，A白天，B周末，C夜晚，D中午，故答案为C．（3）D．考查代词辨析，根据语境"像往常一样的一天晚上，Rakesh发现每个人都睡觉了"，A某人，B任何一个，C没有人，D每个人，故答案为D．（4）B．考查副词辨析，由上文的his teacher﹣Mrs．Green's room可知，他安静地走进老师格林太太的房间，A大声地，B安静地，C高兴地，D快速地，故答案为B．（5）A．考查动词辨析，由下文的on bed可知，看到老师在床上睡觉，A睡觉，B读书，C看电视，D跑步，故答案为A．（6）D．考查动词短语辨析，由下文的the ladders可知，他拿出梯子，然后爬上去，A照顾，B拿走，C看一眼，D拿出，故答案为D．（7）B．考查连词辨析，由下文的his teacher was awake可知，但是那时候他的老师醒了，然后看到他走出去，A并且，B但是，C所以，D因为，前后句子构成转折的关系，故答案为B．（8）C．考查代词辨析，由上文提到的Mrs．Green's room可知，他的老师是格林太太，使用she指代，故答案为C．（9）D．考查名词辨析，由上文提到的the ladder可知，她把梯子从墙边拿走，A床，B椅子，C刷子，D梯子，故答案为D．（10）C．考查副词辨析，由下文的Rakesh returned可知，几个小时之后，Rakesh回来了，A之前，B之前，C之后，D晚地，故答案为C．（11）B．考查副词辨析，由下文的from the wall可知，他想要从墙上爬下来，A上面，B 往下，C外面，D里面，故答案为B．（12）A．考查形容词辨析，由下文的to be punished可知，Rakesh很怕要受惩罚，A害怕的，B高兴的，C遗憾的，D惊讶的，故答案为A．（13）C．考查动词辨析，由下文的a warm coat可知，当你夜晚出去的时候，至少带一件暖和的外套，A买，B带来，C带去，D借，故答案为C．（14）A．考查名词辨析，由上文的a warm coat with you可知，格林太太的善良让Rakesh 知道了自己的错误，A善良，B疾病，C高兴，D难过，故答案为A．（15）B．考查形容词辨析，由下文的he has ever had可知，这是他上过的最好的一课，A 最糟糕的，B最好的，C最远的，D最小的，故答案为B．6．Long long ago，there lived a farmer whose brother was a gardener and owned a wonderful garden．One day the farmer went to（1）D his brother，and was（2）the beautiful garden．His brother（3）A to give him the best apple tree as a gift．The farmer took the tree home and started to wonder（4）C to plant it．"If I plant it on the hill，"he said to himself，"the wind might（5）D the fruit．If I plant it on the road，people will see it and take off its（6）．"Finally he planted the tree behind his barn（谷仓），"The（7）A would never think to look for it here．"（8）C，the tree grew neither flowers nor fruits in two years．The farmer went to his brother and said（9）D，"You have given me a（10）tree．Look!This is the third year and it still grows（11）C but leaves!"When the farmer's brother saw where the tree was，he （12）and said，"You have planted the tree where it is exposed（暴露的）to cold winds，and get neither（13）A nor warmth．How could you（14）D flowers and fruits？You have planted the tree with a greedy and suspicious（贪婪多疑的） heart，so how can you want a（15）harvest？" What do you learn from the story？（1）A．watch B．find C．teach D．visit（2）A．worried about B．surprised at C．tired of D．afraid of（3）A．decided B．supposed C．hoped D．asked（4）A．how B．when C．where D．why（5）A．put off B．take away C．turn down D．shake down （6）A．tree B．fruit C．food D．flower（7）A．thieves B．animals C．neighbors D．children（8）A．Finally B．Firstly C．However D．Luckily（9）A．slowly B．hardly C．excitedly D．angrily（10）A．dead B．bad C．wrong D．young（11）A．something B．anything C．nothing D．everything（12）A．suggested B．laughed C．left D．planted（13）A．sunshine B．water C．air D．earth（14）A．plant B．take C．receive D．expect（15）A．small B．rich C．famous D．poor【分析】这篇短文讲述一位农夫种植苹果树的故事．这位农夫的哥哥非常懂得种植．一天，农夫去他哥哥家，他的哥哥给了他一棵苹果树让他回家种植，回到家中他将这棵树种到了阴冷的角落，结果经历了两年苹果树都没有结一个果实．【解答】1．D 考查动词句意：有一天，农夫去看望这位兄弟．A．watch观看；B．find 找到；C．teach教；D．visit 拜访．上文提到Mike是一个出色的园丁，可知本题答案．根据后句His brother（43）to give him the best apple tree as a gift．The farmer took the tree home 可知农夫去看望他的兄弟，根据go to do sth 去做某事，空格处用动词原形，故选D．2．B 考查形容词短语．句意：对美丽的花园感到惊讶．A．worried about担心；B．surprised at对…感到惊讶；C．tired of 厌烦；D．afraid of 害怕．根据句意，可知农夫对他兄弟的美丽的花园感到惊讶．be surprised at 对…感到惊讶，故选B．43．A 考查动词句意：他的兄弟决定送他最好的苹果树作为礼物．A．decided决定；B．supposed猜想；C．hoped 希望；D．asked 问．根据decide to do sth 决定做某事，根据语境，此句是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故选A．44．C 考查疑问副词句意：农夫把树带回家，开始想把它种在哪里．A．how 怎样；B．when 什么时候；C．where 哪里；D．why 为什么．根据后文"If I plant it on the hill，"he said to himself，"the wind might（45）the fruit．If I plant it on the road，people will see it and take off its（46）．"可知农夫想知道把苹果树种在哪里．故选C．45．D 考查动词短语句意：风可能会把水果吹落．A．put off 推迟；B．take off 拿走；C．turn down 调低音量；D．shake down 摇掉．根据句意，可知山上的风比较大，会吹掉树上的果实，句中might是情态动词，后接动词原形，故选D．46．B 考查名词句意：如果我把它种在路上，人们就会看到它，然后把它取下来．A．tree 树；B．fruit 水果；C．food 食物；D．flower 花．根据前文"If I plant it on the hill，"he said to himself，"the wind might（45）D the fruit．可知人们看到果实，就会把它取下来．故选B．47．A 考查名词句意：小偷不会想到在这里找它的．A．thieves 小偷；B．animals 动物；C．neighbours 邻居；D．children孩子们．根据前文可知，农夫把苹果树种在谷仓后面是为了让小偷不会想到在这里找到果实的．故选A．48．C 考查副词句意：然而，这棵树两年内既无花也无果．A．Finally 最后；B．firstly 首先；C．However 然而；D．Luckily 不幸的是．按照正常情况，两年内苹果树应该会开花和结果，根据句意，这棵树两年内既无花也无果，所以用however来表示转折，however 位于句首，首字母大写，故选C．49．D 考查副词句意：农夫走到他弟弟跟前愤怒地说．A．slowly 慢慢地；B．hardly 几乎不；C．excitedly 兴奋地；D．angrily 生气地．根据前文the tree grew neither flowers norfruits in two years．和后文，"You have given me a（50）tree．可知农夫生气地对他兄弟说道，故选D．50．B 考查形容词句意：你给了我一棵坏树．A．dead 死的；B．bad 坏的，不好的；C．wrong 错误的；D．young 年轻的．根据后文This is the third year and it still grows（51）C but leaves!"可知农夫认为他兄弟给了他一个不好的树，故选B．51．C 考查不定代词句意：这是第三年了，它除了叶子什么也不长！A．something 某事；B．anything 任何东西；C．nothing 什么也没有；D．everything 一切．根据句意，可知那棵树除了叶子什么也不长．故选C．52．B 考查动词句意：农夫的兄弟看到树种的地方，他笑着说道．A．suggested 建议；B．laughed 大笑；C．left 离开；D．planted 种植．根据句意，农夫的哥哥知道了树为什么不开花不结果的真相后才会大笑．根据语境，此句是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故选B．53．A 考查名词句意：你把这棵树栽在受寒风影响很大的地方了，既没有阳光也没有温暖．A．sunshine 阳光；B．water 水；C．air 空气；D．earth 地球．根据前句You have planted the tree where it is exposed（暴露的） to cold winds，可知既没有阳光也没有温暖，故选A．54．D 考查动词句意：你怎么能期待鲜花和水果？A．plant种植；B．take拿走；C．receive 收到；D．expect 期待．根据前文可知，苹果树栽在既没有阳光也没有温暖的地方，是不会开花结果的．句中could是情态动词，后接动词原形，故选D．55．B 考查形容词句意：你已经抱着一颗贪婪且怀疑的心将那棵树种了下去，你怎么能想要丰收呢？A．small 小的；B．rich 丰富的；C．famous 著名的；D．poor 贫穷的．根据句意，可知带着一颗贪婪且怀疑的心去做事，是不能有丰富的收获的，故选B．7．Ivan sat on the floor deep down in the sea． He was bored and （1）． He watched other pretty fish swimming in and out of rocks． They were laughing and dancing happily．" Why am I so different？" he said to （2）C．"You are an octopus（章鱼），Ivan．That is special．" The sweet（3）A of Leo，a beautiful white dolphin， always made Ivan feel better． Ivan looked up at the white dolphin and （4）D．Leo said，" Let's play games together．" They were having a lot of （5）A and they didn't know they were already far away （6）C home．Suddenly Leo saw a large shark（鲨鱼）（7）A above them， "It is Big White……the biggest，most terrible shark in the sea，" he shouted to Ivan．Leo looked at Big White （8）．It was very fast．Leo was very afraid and he couldn't swim．He couldn't swim．Just at this moment，Big White rushed down towards them．An idea came to Ivan． He quickly sprayed（喷） a very dark cloud of black water to the shark's eyes． Then Ivan and Leo swam away （9）A they got home safely．"Are you OK？" asked Ivan． "Yes． I am lucky to have you as my friend!" Ivan's face turned red． "I guess being （10）D others can be so cool sometimes，" Ivan said． "That is what I try to tell you，" Leo said．（1）A． happy B． unhappy C． afraid D．nervous（2）A． yourself B．myself C． himself D． themselves（3）A． voice B． noise C．sound D． shout（4）A． cried B． shook C． changed D．smiled（5）A． fun B． shame C．pity D． interest（6）A． for B． with C．from D．of（7）A． swimming B． running C． jumping D． flying（8）A． helpfully B．helplessly C． carefully D． carelessly（9）A． and B． or C． but D． so（10）A． full of B． crazy about C． ready for D． different from 【分析】这篇短文主要记述了一只章鱼和一只漂亮的白海豚从鲨鱼口下脱险的故事，告诉我们在一些情况下，我们每个人都会有自己的优势．【解答】1．B 句意：他很烦且不高兴．根据题干中"He was bored and ____"．可知Ivan很烦恼，由此推出他不高兴．unhappy意为"不高兴的"，符合句意．故选B．2．C 句意："为什么我如此不同？"他对自己说．根据话中主语"I"可知他在自言自语，主语是he，用反身代词himself．故选C．3．A 句意：一只名叫Leo的漂亮白海豚的甜美声音总能使Ivan感觉好些．根据题干中"The sweet ___ of Lea"可知此处指的是Leo的嗓音．voice意为"嗓音"，符合句意．故选A．4．D 句意：Ivan抬头看着白白海豚笑了．根据上文"The sweet ____ of Leo，a beautiful white dolphin，always made Ivan feel better．"可知Ivan心情好多了，应该是笑了．smiled 意为"微笑"，符合句意．故选D．5．A 句意：他们玩得正愉快，不知道已经离家很远了．"have fun"是固定搭配，意为"玩得愉快"．故选A．6．C 句意：他们玩得正愉快，不知道已经离家很远了．far away from是固定搭配，意为"远离……"．故选C．7．A 句意：突然Leo看到一条大鲨鱼正在它们上方游动．根据常识可知鲨鱼应是在海中游．swimming意为"游"，符合句意．故选A．8．B 句意：Leo无助地看着大白鲨．根据上文"the biggest，most terrible shark in the sea"可推出Leo因害怕而感到无助．helplessly意为"无助地"，符合句意．故选B．9．A 句意：然后Ivan和Leo游走了，且安全地到家了．设空处前后是承接关系，用and符合题意．故选A．10．D 句意："我认为有时不同于别人可以如此酷，"Ivan说．根据上文中"Why am I so different？"可知此处是说不同于别人．故选D．8．A teacher began his class by holding up a glass with some water in it．He asked the。
- 1、下载文档前请自行甄别文档内容的完整性，平台不提供额外的编辑、内容补充、找答案等附加服务。
- 2、"仅部分预览"的文档,不可在线预览部分如存在完整性等问题,可反馈申请退款(可完整预览的文档不适用该条件!)。
- 3、如文档侵犯您的权益，请联系客服反馈,我们会尽快为您处理(人工客服工作时间：9:00-18:30)。
41Many people go to school for an education. 1 learn languages, history, geography, physics, chemistry and maths. Others go to school to learn a skill so that they can 2 a living. School 3 is very important and useful. Yet no one can learn everything from school. A teacher, no matter how much he 4 , can not teach his students everything they 5 to know. The teacher's job is to show his students how to read and how to 6 . So much more is to be learned 7 school by the students themselves.It is always more important to know how to study by 8 than to memorize(熟记)some facts or formula(公式). It is 9 quite easy to learn a 10 fact in history or a formula in mathematics. But it is very difficult to use a formula in 11 out a maths problem. Great scientists, such as Einstein, Newton and Galileo, didn't learn many things from school. But they were all so 12 that they invented so many things for mankind.The 13 for their success is that they knew how to study. They read books that were not 14 at school. They worked hard all their lives, wasting not a single moment.They would ask many questions as they read and they did thousands of 15 .1. A. Students B. They C. We D. People2. A. make B. do C. have D. get3. A. education B. degree C. lesson D. task4. A. teaches B. knows C. learns D. practises5. A. manage B. expect C. fail D. want6. A. study B. play C. think D. work7. A. From B. in C. within D. outside8. A. heart B. students C. us D. oneself9. A. not B. actually C. seldom D. known10.A. real B. true C. certain D. great11. A. setting B. working C. making D. doing12. A. famous B. popular C. successful D. modest13. A. experiment B. reason C. result D. way14. A. kept B. showed C. expressed D. taught15. A. duties B. jobs C. experiments D. records名师点评本文讲述了自主学习的重要性。
也就是说对于学生而言应该学会如何学习才是更重要的。
而对于教师而言，不仅要教学生文化知识，更应教会他们如何学习，正所谓“授之以鱼，不如授之以渔”。
答案解析1. B。
they指上句中的many people。
2. A。
make a living意思是“谋生”。
这里表示学一门技术来谋生。
3. A。
school education 意为“学校教育”。
4. B。
意思是“不管他懂多少”。
5. D。
表示学生想知道的东西。
6. C。
老师不仅教学生文化知识，更应该教会学生如何思考。
7. D。
指应该更多的从校外获取知识。
8. D。
study by oneself自学。
9. B。
actually副词，“事实上”。
actually easy表示“真的很简单”。
10. C。
certain这里指“某一个，固定的”。
11. B。
work out意思是“解出”。
12. C。
上述的这些人都很成功。
13. B。
reason和for搭配，表示“……的原因”。
14. D。
被动语态,表示“学校不教的书”。
意思是他们获取了很多课外知识。
15. B。
这些科学家都做了很多实验。
42About 70,000,000 Americans are trying to lose weight(减肥). That is almost 1 out of every 3 people in the United States. Some people eat 1 food and they hardly have any fats or sweets. Others do running, exercise with machines, take medicines, or even have operations. 2 you can see losing weight is 3 work, and it will also cost a lot of money. But __4 do so many people in the United States want to lose weight?Many people in the United States worry about their look of the body. For many people, looking nice also means to be 5 . Other people worry about their health as many doctors 6overweight is not good.Most people want to find an 7 way to take off fat, and books of this kind are very popular. These books tell people how to lose weight. Each year a lot of new books like these are8 . Each one says it can easily help people take fat away.Losing weight can be 9 . Some overweight people go to health centres, like La Costa in California. Men and women 10 several hundred dollars a day at these health centres. People live there for one week or two, 11 exercise, eating different foods. Meals there may be just a little. All these work for losing weight. __12__ 4 days on the programme, one woman called Mrs. Warren lost 5 pounds (2.27kg). At $ 400 a day, she spent $ 320 to lose each pound. But she said she was still __13__ to do so.Health centres, books, medicines, operations, running and exercise machines all __14__ a lot of money. So in the United States, losing weight may mean losing __15__ too.1. A. less B. more C. nice D. fast2. A. For B. So C. Or D. And3. A. good B. useful C. hard D. easy4. A. why B. what C. how D. when5. A. high B. short C. thin D. fat6. A. talk B. say C. speak D. tell7. A. dearer B. harder C. shorter D. easier8. A. taken B. given C. written D. copied9. A. cheap B. expensive C. easy D. safe10. A. pay B. cost C. take D. have11. A. making B. taking C. playing D. using12. A. Before B. In C. After D. At13. A. sorry B. angry C. sad D. glad14. A. need B. have C. use D. get15. A. health B. time C. food D. money名师点评这篇文章讲的是美国有三分之一的人正在努力减肥，他们想尽了一切办法去减轻体重，同时也令他们耗费了不少的金钱。
答案简析1. A。
为了减肥，有些人只吃很少的食物。
2. B。
根据上文，得知下面这个结论。